patch 8.2.2015: Vim9: literal dict #{} is not like any other language

Problem:    Vim9: literal dict #{} is not like any other language.
Solution:   Support the JavaScript syntax.

.cirrus.yml

@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ freebsd_12_task:
     - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
     - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
     - make -j${NPROC}
-    - src/vim --version
   test_script:
-    - make test
+    - src/vim --version
+      # run tests as user "cirrus" instead of root
+    - pw useradd cirrus -m
+    - chown -R cirrus:cirrus .
+    - sudo -u cirrus make test

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+# Lines starting with '#' are comments.
+# Each line is a file pattern followed by one or more owners.
+# You can use github users with @user or email addresses
+
+# These owners will be the default owners for everything in the repo.
+#*       @brammool
+
+# Order is important. The last matching pattern has the most precedence.
+# So if a pull request only touches javascript files, only these owners
+# will be requested to review.
+
+src/iscygpty.*				@k-takata
+src/libvterm/				@leonerd
+
+runtime/autoload/getscript.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrw.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim	@segfault @dkearns
+runtime/autoload/tar.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/vimball.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/zip.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/compiler/checkstyle.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/dart.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dart2js.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dart2native.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/javac.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jest.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jjs.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jshint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jsonlint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/lazbuild.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/php.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rake.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rhino.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rspec.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rubocop.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/sass.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/se.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/shellcheck.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/stylelint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tcl.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tidy.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/ts-node.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/tsc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/typedoc.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/xo.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt			@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
+runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
+runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/css.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/eiffel.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/git.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/ftplugin/javascript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/scss.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/tmux.vim		@ericpruitt
+runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/dosbatch.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/indent/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/indent/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/indent/ruby.vim			@AndrewRadev @dkearns
+runtime/indent/sass.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/scss.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/logiPat.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/asm.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/asmh8300.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/awk.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/bst.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/csh.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/dcl.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/syntax/exports.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/git.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/lex.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/liquid.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/lisp.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/lynx.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/mailcap.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/make.vim			@rohieb
+runtime/syntax/make.vim			@rohieb
+runtime/syntax/maple.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/markdown.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/netrw.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/php.vim			@TysonAndre
+runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/rpcgen.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/ruby.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/sass.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/scss.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/sh.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/sm.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/tags.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/tex.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/tidy.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/tmux.vim			@ericpruitt
+runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/xmath.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/xslt.vim			@Boobies
+runtime/syntax/xxd.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/yacc.vim			@cecamp

.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ name: GitHub CI
 on:
   push:
     branches:
-      - '*'
+      - '**'
   pull_request:
 
 env:
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ jobs:
     runs-on: windows-latest
 
     strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
       matrix:
         toolchain: [msvc, mingw]
         arch: [x64, x86]
@@ -74,8 +75,8 @@ jobs:
         git config --global core.autocrlf input
         python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
         python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
-        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON_DIR::$python_dir"
-        echo "::set-env name=PYTHON3_DIR::$python3_dir"
+        echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        echo "PYTHON3_DIR=$python3_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
     - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
       if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
@@ -127,6 +128,11 @@ jobs:
         )
         goto :eof
 
+    - name: Copy src directory to src2
+      shell: cmd
+      run: |
+        xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
+
     - name: Build (MSVC)
       if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
       shell: cmd
@@ -196,10 +202,6 @@ jobs:
         echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
         .\vim --version || exit 1
 
-        mkdir ..\src2
-        xcopy testdir ..\src2\testdir\ /E > nul || exit 1
-        copy evalfunc.c ..\src2 > nul
-
         echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
         start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
 
@@ -210,14 +212,18 @@ jobs:
 
         echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
         cd ..\src2\testdir
-        :: Wait about 5 minutes.
-        for /L %%i in (1,1,300) do (
+        :: Wait about 10 minutes.
+        for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
           if exist done.txt goto exitloop
-          ping -n 2 localhost > nul
+          timeout 10
         )
-        echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
+        set timeout=1
         :exitloop
 
         echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
         if exist messages type messages
         nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
+        if "%timeout%"=="1" (
+          echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
+          exit 1
+        )

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# For most projects, this workflow file will not need changing; you simply need
+# to commit it to your repository.
+#
+# You may wish to alter this file to override the set of languages analyzed,
+# or to provide custom queries or build logic.
+name: "CodeQL"
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: [master]
+  pull_request:
+    # The branches below must be a subset of the branches above
+    branches: [master]
+  schedule:
+    - cron: '0 18 * * 1'
+
+jobs:
+  analyze:
+    name: Analyze
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        # Override automatic language detection by changing the below list
+        # Supported options are ['csharp', 'cpp', 'go', 'java', 'javascript', 'python']
+        language: ['cpp', 'python']
+        # Learn more...
+        # https://docs.github.com/en/github/finding-security-vulnerabilities-and-errors-in-your-code/configuring-code-scanning#overriding-automatic-language-detection
+
+    steps:
+    - name: Checkout repository
+      uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      with:
+        # We must fetch at least the immediate parents so that if this is
+        # a pull request then we can checkout the head.
+        fetch-depth: 2
+
+    # If this run was triggered by a pull request event, then checkout
+    # the head of the pull request instead of the merge commit.
+    - run: git checkout HEAD^2
+      if: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' }}
+
+    # Initializes the CodeQL tools for scanning.
+    - name: Initialize CodeQL
+      uses: github/codeql-action/init@v1
+      with:
+        languages: ${{ matrix.language }}
+        # If you wish to specify custom queries, you can do so here or in a config file.
+        # By default, queries listed here will override any specified in a config file. 
+        # Prefix the list here with "+" to use these queries and those in the config file.
+        # queries: ./path/to/local/query, your-org/your-repo/queries@main
+
+    # Autobuild attempts to build any compiled languages  (C/C++, C#, or Java).
+    # If this step fails, then you should remove it and run the build manually (see below)
+    - name: Autobuild
+      uses: github/codeql-action/autobuild@v1
+
+    # ℹ️ Command-line programs to run using the OS shell.
+    # 📚 https://git.io/JvXDl
+
+    # ✏️ If the Autobuild fails above, remove it and uncomment the following three lines
+    #    and modify them (or add more) to build your code if your project
+    #    uses a compiled language
+
+    #- run: |
+    #   make bootstrap
+    #   make release
+
+    - name: Perform CodeQL Analysis
+      uses: github/codeql-action/analyze@v1

.travis.yml

@@ -1,26 +1,32 @@
 language: c
 
+env:
+  global:
+    - BUILD=yes TEST=test CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no LOG_DIR="$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/logs"
+
 _anchors:
   envs:
     - &tiny-nogui
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui" LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      FEATURES=tiny TEST=testtiny CONFOPT="--disable-gui"
     - &tiny
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      FEATURES=tiny TEST=testtiny
     - &small
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=small CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      FEATURES=small TEST=testtiny
     - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      FEATURES=normal
     - &linux-huge
-      BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      FEATURES=huge TEST="scripttests test_libvterm"
       CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &osx-huge # macOS build
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
-      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
+      FEATURES=huge
+      CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
     - &unittests
-      BUILD=no TEST=unittests CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge LEAK_CFLAGS="-DEXITFREE" SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+      BUILD=no TEST=unittests FEATURES=huge CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+    - &coverage
+      CFLAGS="--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH" LDFLAGS=--coverage
     - &asan # ASAN build
-      SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-      ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+      SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize-recover=all -fsanitize=address -fsanitize=undefined -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
+      ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=$LOG_DIR/asan" UBSAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=$LOG_DIR/ubsan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
     - &shadowopt
       SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow
 
@@ -29,7 +35,7 @@ _anchors:
     dist: bionic
     addons:
       apt:
-        packages:
+        packages: &apt-packages
           - autoconf
           - clang
           - lcov
@@ -63,7 +69,11 @@ _anchors:
         fi
     before_script:
       - sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
-      - sudo bash ci/load-snd-dummy.sh || true
+      # It appears we can load "snd-dummy" on only amd64.
+      - |
+        if [[ "${TRAVIS_CPU_ARCH}" = amd64 ]]; then
+          sudo bash ci/load-snd-dummy.sh || true
+        fi
       - sudo usermod -a -G audio $USER
       - do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
 
@@ -87,7 +97,7 @@ _anchors:
       # Lua is not installed on macOS
       - export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local
 
-  coverage: &coverage
+  coverage: &eval-coverage
     # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc,
     # not with clang
     - CC=gcc pip install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
@@ -98,13 +108,14 @@ _anchors:
     # Update pyenv to fix the error "/opt/pyenv/libexec/pyenv: line 43: cd: asan_symbolize-6.0: Not a directory".
     # https://github.com/pyenv/pyenv/issues/580
     - (cd "${PYENV_ROOT}" && git fetch -p origin && git checkout "$(git rev-list --tags -n1)") &>/dev/null || true
-    - find . -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0 2>/dev/null | xargs grep -l '^==[[:digit:]]*==ERROR:' | xargs -I{} -n1 -t asan_symbolize -l{}
+    - for f in $(grep -l '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "$LOG_DIR"/*); do asan_symbolize-11 -l "$f"; done
 
 branches:
   except:
     - /^v[0-9]/
 
 script:
+  - mkdir -p "$LOG_DIR"
   - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
   - set -o errexit
   - echo -e "\\033[33;1mConfiguring Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:configure\\r\\033[0K"
@@ -125,7 +136,7 @@ script:
       # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
       # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
       sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]]; then
+      if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" = "osx" ]] || [[ "${CC}" = "clang-11" ]]; then
         # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
         sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
       else
@@ -145,6 +156,15 @@ script:
   - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
   - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
+  - |
+    # Not all sanitizers will cause the tests to fail.  This helps since we can
+    # see all the failures instead of just the first one, but we still want the
+    # test phase to fail if any sanitizer issues are detected.
+    if [[ -n "${ASAN_OPTIONS}" ]]; then
+      if grep -q '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "$LOG_DIR"/*; then
+        false
+      fi
+    fi
 
 # Instead of using all environments with both compilers on both systems,
 # exclude some builds on mac os x and linux.
@@ -208,22 +228,39 @@ jobs:
       compiler: gcc
       env: *linux-huge
       services: []
+    - <<: *linux
+      arch: arm64
+      name: huge/gcc-arm64
+      compiler: gcc
+      env: *linux-huge
+      services: []
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/clang
       compiler: clang
       env:
         - *linux-huge
+        - *coverage
         # Clang cannot compile test_libvterm with "--coverage" flag.
         - TEST=scripttests
-      after_success: *coverage
+      after_success: *eval-coverage
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/gcc
       compiler: gcc
-      env: *linux-huge
-      after_success: *coverage
+      env:
+        - *linux-huge
+        - *coverage
+      after_success: *eval-coverage
     - <<: *linux # ASAN
-      name: huge+asan/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
+      name: huge+asan/clang
+      compiler: clang-11
+      addons:
+        apt:
+          sources:
+            - sourceline: 'deb http://apt.llvm.org/bionic/ llvm-toolchain-bionic-11 main'
+              key_url: 'https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key'
+          packages:
+            - *apt-packages
+            - clang-11
       env:
         - *linux-huge
         - *asan
@@ -233,13 +270,16 @@ jobs:
       compiler: gcc
       env:
         - *linux-huge
+        - *coverage
         - TEST="-C src testgui"
-      after_success: *coverage
+      after_success: *eval-coverage
     - <<: *linux
       name: unittests+coverage/gcc
       compiler: gcc
-      env: *unittests
-      after_success: *coverage
+      env:
+        - *unittests
+        - *coverage
+      after_success: *eval-coverage
     - <<: *linux
       name: vimtags/gcc
       compiler: gcc

Filelist

@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.travis.yml \
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml \
+		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
+		.github/CODEOWNERS \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
@@ -45,6 +47,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/drawline.c \
 		src/drawscreen.c \
 		src/edit.c \
+		src/errors.h \
 		src/eval.c \
 		src/evalbuffer.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
@@ -73,6 +76,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/highlight.c \
 		src/indent.c \
 		src/insexpand.c \
+		src/job.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
 		src/kword_test.c \
@@ -149,6 +153,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
 		src/vim9script.c \
+		src/vim9type.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
@@ -172,12 +177,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
 		src/testdir/shared.vim \
 		src/testdir/vim9.vim \
+		src/testdir/script_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
 		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
-		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test49.vim \
+		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
 		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
@@ -247,6 +252,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/highlight.pro \
 		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/insexpand.pro \
+		src/proto/job.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/locale.pro \
@@ -303,6 +309,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9type.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -617,7 +624,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		README_amisrc.txt.info \
 		src.info \
 		src/INSTALLami.txt \
-		src/Make_morph.mak \
+		src/Make_ami.mak \
 		src/os_amiga.c \
 		src/os_amiga.h \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \
@@ -638,13 +645,11 @@ SRC_HAIKU =	\
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
 		src/dehqx.py \
-		src/gui_mac.c \
 		src/os_mac_rsrc/*.icns \
 		src/os_mac.h \
 		src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
-		src/proto/gui_mac.pro \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
 
 # source files for VMS (in the extra archive)
@@ -1027,6 +1032,8 @@ LANG_SRC = \
 		src/po/README_mvc.txt \
 		src/po/check.vim \
 		src/po/cleanup.vim \
+		src/po/tojavascript.vim \
+		src/po/fixfilenames.vim \
 		src/po/Makefile \
 		src/po/Make_all.mak \
 		src/po/Make_cyg.mak \

Makefile

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ first:
 
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
-all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests test_libvterm unittests testclean clean distclean:
+all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests testtiny test_libvterm unittests testclean clean distclean:
 	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
 		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
 	fi

README_VIM9.md

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
 It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
 
-WARNING: The Vim9 script features are in the early stages of development,
-anything can break!
+WARNING: The Vim9 script features are still under development, anything can
+break!
 
 # Why Vim9?
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
 interfaces.
 
 In practice the script would not do something useless as counting but change
-the text.  For example, re-indent all the lines:
+the text.  For example, reindent all the lines:
 
 ``` vim
   let totallen = 0
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
 "execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.
 
 
-## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+## 2. DEPRIORITIZE INTERFACES
 
 Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
 languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ Instead of using script language support in Vim:
   with them.  The job and channel support already makes this possible.
   Really any language can be used, also Java and Go, which are not
   available built-in.
-* Phase out the built-in language interfaces, make maintenance a bit easier
-  and executables easier to build.  They will be kept for backwards
-  compatibility, no new features.
+* No priority for the built-in language interfaces.  They will have to be kept
+  for backwards compatibility, but many users won't need a Vim build with these
+  interfaces.
 * Improve the Vim script language, it is used to communicate with the external
   tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
   an external tool is undesired.
 
-All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+Altogether this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
 will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
 installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
 about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
@@ -140,6 +140,9 @@ Taking this one step further is also dropping "s:" for script-local variables;
 everything at the script level is script-local by default.  Since this is not
 backwards compatible it requires a new script style: Vim9 script!
 
+To avoid having more variations, the syntax inside a compiled function is the
+same as in Vim9 script.  Thus you have legacy syntax and Vim9 syntax.
+
 It should be possible to convert code from other languages to Vim
 script.  We can add functionality to make this easier.  This still needs
 to be discussed, but we can consider adding type checking and a simple

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 src/os_msdos.*
 src/os_dos.*		Files for the MS-DOS port.
 
-src/gui_mac.*
 src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
 src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.

ci/load-snd-dummy.sh

@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@ set -e
 
 if ! modprobe snd-dummy; then
     # snd-dummy is contained in linux-modules-extra (if exists)
-    apt install -y "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
+    apt-get install -yq --no-install-suggests --no-install-recommends "linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r)"
     modprobe snd-dummy
 fi

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
     !include "lang\german.nsi"
     !include "lang\italian.nsi"
     !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\russian.nsi"
     !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
     !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
     !include "lang\turkish.nsi"

nsis/lang/italian.nsi

@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Versione console di Vim (vim.exe)."
 
 LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea file di invocazione (MS-DOS) .bat"
+    "Crea file .bat"
 LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Crea file di invocazione .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
-     di Windows, per utilizzo da linea di comando (MS-DOS)."
+    "Crea file .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
+     di Windows, per utilizzo da riga di comando."
 
 LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea icone per Vim"

nsis/lang/russian.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# russian.nsi: Russian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1049
+# Locale name  : ru-RU
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Restorer
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Russian"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Маршрут к каталогу установки (должен оканчиваться каталогом $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "После окончания установки ознакомиться с кратким описанием"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Стандартная"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Минимальная"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Полная"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление предыдущих версий"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Будут удалены предыдущие установленные версии программы"
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Графический интерфейс и вспомогательные файлы"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Графический интерфейс программы Vim и все необходимые для этого файлы. \
+    Это обязательный компонент"
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Консольная программа Vim"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Вариант редактора Vim (vim.exe), используемый в командной оболочке"
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать командные файлы"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание командных bat-файлов позволяющих работать с редактором \
+     Vim из командной строки Windows"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать ярлыки для редактора Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков редактора Vim для облегчения запуска программы"
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "На Рабочем столе"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков программы Gvim на Рабочем столе"
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "В меню кнопки Пуск"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание ярлыков программы Gvim в меню кнопки Пуск"
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "На панели быстрого запуска"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Создание ярлыков программы GVim на панели быстрого запуска"
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "В контекстном меню"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "32-разрядная версия программы"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню \
+#     для 32-разрядных приложений"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "64-разрядная версия программы"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Добавление вызова программы Gvim в пункт $\"Открыть с помощью...$\" контекстного меню \
+#     для 64-разрядных приложений"
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Настройки программы по умолчанию"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание файла _vimrc с предустановленными настройками, если нет других \
+    файлов настроек"
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создать каталог для подключаемых модулей"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для размещения подключаемых модулей, которые расширяют \
+     возможности редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Личный каталог"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для подключаемых модулей в домашнем каталоге пользователя"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Общий каталог"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Создание каталога для подключаемых модулей в каталоге установки редактора Vim. \
+     Модули в этом каталоге будут доступны для любого пользователя \
+     зарегистрировавшегося в системе"
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim используется для интеграции с Microsoft Visual Studio"
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Поддержка региональных языков"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Установка файлов для поддержки региональных языков операционной системы"
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отменить регистрацию компонентов программы Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отмена регистрации компонентов программы Vim в операционной системе"
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить файлы редактора Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление всех исполняемых и вспомогательных файлов редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить каталог подключаемых модулей"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей, если в нём нет файлов"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Личный каталог"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей из домашнего каталога пользователя"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Общий каталог"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление каталога подключаемых модулей из каталога установки редактора Vim"
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удалить основной каталог программы Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление основного каталога программы Vim. В этом каталоге находятся файлы \
+    настроек!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Обнаружено предыдущих версий программы Vim: $vim_old_ver_count.$\r$\n\
+#     Данная программа установки может удалить не более ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER}.$\r$\n\
+#     Удалить лишние версии программы Vim и повторите установку"
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Недопустимый каталог установки программы Vim $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Маршрут установки должен оканчиваться каталогом $\"vim$\""
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Недопустимый маршрут к каталогу с исполняемыми файлами!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Маршрут к каталогу с исполняемыми файлами должен быть $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     но от операционной системы получен как $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Программа Vim сейчас работает.$\r$\n\
+#     Прежде чем продолжить, закройте все работающие редакторы Vim"
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Попытка зарегистрировать компоненты программы Vim в пространстве OLE. \
+#     Но не получено уведомление об успешности данной операции"
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Попытка отменить регистрацию компонентов программы Vim в пространстве OLE. \
+#     Но не получено уведомление об успешности данной операции"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Выполняется удаление следующих версий программы:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошёл сбой при выполнении удаления следующих версий программы:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Не удалось найти раздел реестра, содержащий информацию об удалении программы"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Не удалось найти программу выполняющую удаление, указанную в разделе реестра"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Отсутствуют права на доступ к программе, выполняющей удаление"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошла ошибка при копировании программы удаления во временный каталог"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Произошёл сбой при запуске программы, выполняющей удаление"
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Установка программы была отменена"
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Произошла ошибка при установке программы. Попробуйте повторить установку \
+    немного попозже"
+# когда луна будет в другой фазе и ветер должен дуть с юго‐запада
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Некоторые файлы не были удалены из каталога $0 $\r$\n\
+     Необходимо выполнить их удаление самостоятельно"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+#    "Внимание! В каталоге $\"$vim_install_root$\" содержатся файлы. Удаление каталога не выполнено"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Удаление предыдущих версий программ..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Регистрация компонентов программы в системе..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Отмена регистрации компонентов программы в системе..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Установка параметров программы"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Параметры, используемые для клавиатуры, «мыши» и функциональности программы"
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Варианты использования программы "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Совместимость и функциональность программы"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа в варианте совместимости с редактором Vi"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа в варианте функциональности редактора Vim"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа редактора Vim с некоторыми улучшениями (файл defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Работа редактора Vim со всеми улучшениями (файл vimrc_example.vim). \
+    Используется по умолчанию"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Клавиатурные команды "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Клавиатурные команды используемые в ОС Windows (CTRL+V, CTRL+C, CTRL+S, CTRL+F и т. п.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Не изменять клавиатурные команды. Использовать принятые в редакторе Vim"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Изменить указанные клавиатурные команды"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    " Манипулятор «мышь» "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Действий правой и левой кнопки манипулятора «мышь»"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — всплывающее меню, левая кнопка — режим визуальный"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — всплывающее меню, левая кнопка — режим выборки (как в ОС Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
+    "Правая кнопка — расширяемый режим выбора, левая кнопка — режим визуальный (как в UNIX‐подобных ОС)"

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Mar 30
+" Last Change:	2020 Aug 17
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ endfunc
 let s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern = '^\s*\cudev_rules\s*=\s*"\([^"]\{-1,}\)/*".*'
 func dist#ft#FTRules()
   let path = expand('<amatch>:p')
-  if path =~ '^/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
+  if path =~ '/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|\%(usr/\)\=lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
     setf udevrules
     return
   endif

runtime/autoload/javascriptcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	Java Script
-" Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2017 Mar 04
+" Maintainer:	Jay Sitter (jay@jaysitter.com)
+" URL: https://github.com/jsit/javascriptcomplete.vim/
+" Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 30
 
 function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
@@ -154,12 +156,30 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
 					\ 'text', 'vLink']
 		let bodys = bodyprop
 		" Document - document.
-		let docuprop = ['anchors', 'applets', 'childNodes', 'embeds', 'forms', 'images', 'links', 'stylesheets',
-					\ 'body', 'cookie', 'documentElement', 'domain', 'lastModified', 'referrer', 'title', 'URL']
-		let documeth = ['close', 'createAttribute', 'createElement', 'createTextNode', 'focus', 'getElementById',
-					\ 'getElementsByName', 'getElementsByTagName', 'open', 'write', 'writeln',
-					\ 'onClick', 'onDblClick', 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown', 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp',
-					\ 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseMove', 'onMouseOut', 'onMouseOver', 'onMouseUp', 'onResize']
+		let docuprop = ['anchors', 'body', 'characterSet', 'doctype',
+					\ 'documentElement', 'documentURI', 'embeds', 'fonts', 'forms',
+					\ 'head', 'hidden', 'images', 'implementation', 'lastStyleSheetSet',
+					\ 'links', 'plugins', 'preferredStyleSheetSet', 'scripts',
+					\ 'scrollingElement', 'selectedStyleSheetSet', 'styleSheetSets',
+					\ 'timeline', 'visibilityState', 'cookie', 'defaultView',
+					\ 'designMode', 'dir', 'domain', 'lastModified', 'location',
+					\ 'readyState', 'referrer', 'title', 'URL', 'activeElement',
+					\ 'fullscreenElement', 'styleSheets']
+		let documeth = ['adoptNode', 'close', 'createAttribute',
+					\ 'createAttributeNS', 'createCDATASection', 'createComment',
+					\ 'createDocumentFragment', 'createElement', 'createElementNS',
+					\ 'createEvent', 'createExpression', 'createNSResolver',
+					\ 'createNodeIterator', 'createProcessingInstruction', 'createRange',
+					\ 'createTextNode', 'createTouchList', 'createTreeWalker',
+					\ 'enableStyleSheetsForSet', 'evaluate', 'focus', 'getElementById',
+					\ 'getElementById', 'getElementsByClassName', 'getElementsByName',
+					\ 'getElementsByTagName', 'getElementsByTagNameNS',
+					\ 'hasStorageAccess', 'importNode', 'onClick', 'onDblClick',
+					\ 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown', 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp', 'onMouseDown',
+					\ 'onMouseMove', 'onMouseOut', 'onMouseOver', 'onMouseUp',
+					\ 'onResize', 'open', 'querySelector', 'querySelectorAll',
+					\ 'requestStorageAccess', 'write', 'writeln']
+
 		call map(documeth, 'v:val."("')
 		let docuxprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'doctype', 'documentElement', 'firstChild',
 					\ 'implementation', 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType',
@@ -368,9 +388,11 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
 		let xdomelemprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'firstChild', 'lastChild', 
 					\ 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType', 'nodeValue',
 					\ 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'prefix', 'previousSibling', 'tagName']
-		let xdomelemmeth = ['appendChild', 'cloneNode', 'getAttribute', 'getAttributeNode',
-					\ 'getElementsByTagName', 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore', 'normalize',
-					\ 'removeAttribute', 'removeAttributeNode', 'removeChild', 'replaceChild',
+		let xdomelemmeth = ['appendChild', 'addEventListener', 'cloneNode',
+					\ 'dispatchEvent', 'getAttribute', 'getAttributeNode',
+					\ 'getElementsByTagName', 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore',
+					\ 'normalize', 'removeAttribute', 'removeAttributeNode',
+					\ 'removeChild', 'removeEventListener', 'replaceChild',
 					\ 'setAttribute', 'setAttributeNode']
 		call map(xdomelemmeth, 'v:val."("')
 		let xdomelems = xdomelemprop + xdomelemmeth

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	168
+" Date:		Sep 18, 2020
+" Version:	170
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v170"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -86,7 +86,16 @@ fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
   endif
 "  call Decho("level=".level,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-  if g:netrw_use_errorwindow
+  if g:netrw_use_errorwindow == 2 && (v:version > 802 || (v:version == 802 && has("patch486")))
+   " use popup window
+   if type(a:msg) == 3
+    let msg = [level]+a:msg
+   else
+    let msg= level.a:msg
+   endif
+   let s:popuperr_id  = popup_beval(msg,{})
+   let s:popuperr_text= ""
+ elseif g:netrw_use_errorwindow
    " (default) netrw creates a one-line window to show error/warning
    " messages (reliably displayed)
 
@@ -203,7 +212,11 @@ let g:netrw_localrmdiropt      = ""
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Default values for netrw's global protocol variables {{{2
-call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",1)
+if (v:version > 802 || (v:version == 802 && has("patch486"))) && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on") && has("mouse")
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",2)
+else
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_use_errorwindow",1)
+endif
 
 if !exists("g:netrw_dav_cmd")
  if executable("cadaver")
@@ -559,6 +572,7 @@ call s:NetrwInit("s:netrw_posn",'{}')
 if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on")
 " call Decho("installed beval events",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
  let &l:bexpr = "netrw#BalloonHelp()"
+" call Decho("&l:bexpr<".&l:bexpr."> buf#".bufnr())
  au FileType netrw	setl beval
  au WinLeave *		if &ft == "netrw" && exists("s:initbeval")|let &beval= s:initbeval|endif
  au VimEnter * 		let s:initbeval= &beval
@@ -591,7 +605,18 @@ if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_
    if &ft != "netrw"
     return ""
    endif
-   if !exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") || v:beval_lnum >= w:netrw_bannercnt || (exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && g:netrw_nobeval)
+   if exists("s:popuperr_id") && popup_getpos(s:popuperr_id) != {}
+    " popup error window is still showing
+    " s:pouperr_id and s:popuperr_text are set up in netrw#ErrorMsg()
+    if exists("s:popuperr_text") && s:popuperr_text != "" && v:beval_text != s:popuperr_text
+     " text under mouse hasn't changed; only close window when it changes
+     call popup_close(s:popuperr_id)
+     unlet s:popuperr_text
+    else
+     let s:popuperr_text= v:beval_text
+    endif
+    let mesg= ""
+   elseif !exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") || v:beval_lnum >= w:netrw_bannercnt || (exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && g:netrw_nobeval)
     let mesg= ""
    elseif     v:beval_text == "Netrw" || v:beval_text == "Directory" || v:beval_text == "Listing"
     let mesg = "i: thin-long-wide-tree  gh: quick hide/unhide of dot-files   qf: quick file info  %:open new file"
@@ -1247,6 +1272,10 @@ fun! netrw#Lexplore(count,rightside,...)
    setlocal winfixwidth
    let g:netrw_altv     = keep_altv
    let t:netrw_lexbufnr = bufnr("%")
+   " done to prevent build-up of hidden buffers due to quitting and re-invocation of :Lexplore.
+   " Since the intended use of :Lexplore is to have an always-present explorer window, the extra
+   " effort to mis-use :Lex is warranted.
+   set bh=wipe
 "   call Decho("let t:netrw_lexbufnr=".t:netrw_lexbufnr) 
 "   call Decho("t:netrw_lexposn".(exists("t:netrw_lexposn")? string(t:netrw_lexposn) : " n/a"))
    if exists("t:netrw_lexposn")
@@ -1908,7 +1937,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
     if type(a:setting) == 0
      exe "let ".a:setting."= ".keepvarval
     elseif type(a:setting) == 1
-     exe "let ".a:setting."= '".keepvarval."'"
+     exe "let ".a:setting."= '".substitute(keepvarval,"'","''","g")."'"
     else
      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"(s:NetrwRestoreSetting) doesn't know how to restore ".a:keepvar." with a setting of type#".type(a:setting),105)
     endif
@@ -3640,6 +3669,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwBookHistSave()
   let savefile= s:NetrwHome()."/.netrwhist"
 "  call Decho("savefile<".savefile.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   1split
+
+  " setting up a new buffer which will become .netrwhist
   call s:NetrwEnew()
 "  call Decho("case g:netrw_use_noswf=".g:netrw_use_noswf.(exists("+acd")? " +acd" : " -acd"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_use_noswf
@@ -4722,7 +4753,7 @@ endfun
 "                       "new directory name" is actually a file,
 "                       NetrwBrowseChgDir() edits the file.
 fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
-"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal=".a:islocal."> newdir<".a:newdir.">) a:0=".a:0." curpos<".string(getpos("."))."> b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "").">")
+"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal=".a:islocal."> newdir<".a:newdir.">) a:0=".a:0." win#".winnr()." curpos<".string(getpos("."))."> b:netrw_curdir<".(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : "").">")
 "  call Decho("tab#".tabpagenr()." win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col(".")." winline#".winline()." wincol#".wincol(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let ykeep= @@
@@ -4751,13 +4782,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
   let newdir    = a:newdir
   let dolockout = 0
   let dorestore = 1
+"  call Decho("win#".winnr(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("newdir<".newdir.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   " ignore <cr>s when done in the banner
 "  call Decho('(s:NetrwBrowseChgDir) ignore [return]s when done in banner (g:netrw_banner='.g:netrw_banner.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_banner
-"   call Decho("w:netrw_bannercnt=".(exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")? w:netrw_bannercnt : 'n/a')." line(.)#".line('.')." line($)#".line("#"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("win#".winnr()." w:netrw_bannercnt=".(exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")? w:netrw_bannercnt : 'n/a')." line(.)#".line('.')." line($)#".line("#"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line(".") < w:netrw_bannercnt && line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
     if getline(".") =~# 'Quick Help'
 "     call Decho("#1: quickhelp=".g:netrw_quickhelp." ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4794,7 +4826,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
    " ------------------------------
    " NetrwBrowseChgDir: edit a file {{{3
    " ------------------------------
-"   call Decho('(s:NetrwBrowseChgDir) edit-a-file: case "handling a file": newdir<'.newdir.'> !~ dirpat<'.dirpat.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho('edit-a-file: case "handling a file": win#'.winnr().' newdir<'.newdir.'> !~ dirpat<'.dirpat.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
    " save position for benefit of Rexplore
    let s:rexposn_{bufnr("%")}= winsaveview()
@@ -4829,7 +4861,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
     NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwOptionsRestore("s:")
     let curdir= b:netrw_curdir
     if !exists("s:didsplit")
-"     call Decho("edit-a-file: s:didsplit does not exist; g:netrw_browse_split=".string(g:netrw_browse_split)." win#".winnr(),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"     "     call Decho("edit-a-file: s:didsplit does not exist; g:netrw_browse_split=".string(g:netrw_browse_split)." win#".winnr()." g:netrw_chgwin=".g:netrw_chgwin",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      if type(g:netrw_browse_split) == 3
       " open file in server
       " Note that g:netrw_browse_split is a List: [servername,tabnr,winnr]
@@ -4837,22 +4869,27 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
       call s:NetrwServerEdit(a:islocal,dirname)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwBrowseChgDir")
       return
+
      elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 1
       " horizontally splitting the window first
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: horizontally splitting window prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-      keepalt new
+      let winsz= (g:netrw_winsize > 0)? (g:netrw_winsize*winheight(0))/100 : -g:netrw_winsize
+      exe "keepalt ".(g:netrw_alto? "bel " : "abo ").winsz."wincmd s"
       if !&ea
        keepalt wincmd _
       endif
       call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
      elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 2
       " vertically splitting the window first
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: vertically splitting window prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-      keepalt rightb vert new
+      let winsz= (g:netrw_winsize > 0)? (g:netrw_winsize*winwidth(0))/100 : -g:netrw_winsize
+      exe "keepalt ".(g:netrw_alto? "top " : "bot ")."vert ".winsz."wincmd s"
       if !&ea
        keepalt wincmd |
       endif
       call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
      elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 3
       " open file in new tab
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: opening new tab prior to edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4861,6 +4898,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
        let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
       endif
       call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
      elseif g:netrw_browse_split == 4
       " act like "P" (ie. open previous window)
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: use previous window for edit",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -4870,13 +4908,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
        return
       endif
       call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
+
      else
       " handling a file, didn't split, so remove menu
 "      call Decho("edit-a-file: handling a file+didn't split, so remove menu",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
       call s:NetrwMenu(0)
       " optional change to window
       if g:netrw_chgwin >= 1
-"       call Decho("edit-a-file: changing window to #".g:netrw_chgwin,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"       call Decho("edit-a-file: changing window to #".g:netrw_chgwin.": (due to g:netrw_chgwin)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
        if winnr("$")+1 == g:netrw_chgwin
 	" if g:netrw_chgwin is set to one more than the last window, then
 	" vertically split the last window to make that window available.
@@ -4889,19 +4928,26 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
       endif
       call s:SetRexDir(a:islocal,curdir)
      endif
+
     endif
 
     " the point where netrw actually edits the (local) file
     " if its local only: LocalBrowseCheck() doesn't edit a file, but NetrwBrowse() will
     " no keepalt to support  :e #  to return to a directory listing
+    if !&mod
+     " if e the new file would fail due to &mod, then don't change any of the flags
+     let dolockout= 1
+    endif
     if a:islocal
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: edit local file: exe e! ".fnameescape(dirname),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      " some like c-^ to return to the last edited file
      " others like c-^ to return to the netrw buffer
+     " Apr 30, 2020: used to have e! here.  That can cause loss of a modified file,
+     " so emit error E37 instead.
      if exists("g:netrw_altfile") && g:netrw_altfile
-      exe "NetrwKeepj keepalt e! ".fnameescape(dirname)
+      exe "NetrwKeepj keepalt e ".fnameescape(dirname)
      else
-      exe "NetrwKeepj e! ".fnameescape(dirname)
+      exe "NetrwKeepj e ".fnameescape(dirname)
      endif
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: after e! ".dirname.": hidden=".&hidden." bufhidden<".&bufhidden."> mod=".&mod,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      call s:NetrwCursor()
@@ -4912,7 +4958,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
     else
 "     call Decho("edit-a-file: remote file: NetrwBrowse will edit it",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     endif
-    let dolockout= 1
 
     " handle g:Netrw_funcref -- call external-to-netrw functions
     "   This code will handle g:Netrw_funcref as an individual function reference
@@ -5376,16 +5421,6 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    endif
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
-  elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
-"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
-   let ret= v:shell_error
-
-  elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
-"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
-   let ret= v:shell_error
-
   elseif has("unix") && $DESKTOP_SESSION == "mate" && executable("atril")
 "   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if a:fname =~ '^https\=://'
@@ -5400,9 +5435,19 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    endif
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
+  elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
+   let ret= v:shell_error
+
+  elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir.'&')
+   let ret= v:shell_error
+
   elseif has("unix") && executable("xdg-open")
 "   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+   call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir.'&')
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("macunix") && executable("open")
@@ -6107,10 +6152,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " Duplicate characters don't matter.
   " Remove all such characters from the '/~@#...890' string.
   " Use the first character left as a separator character.
-"  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
+"  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
   let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"  call Decho("sep<".sep.">  (sep not in hide string)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   while listhide != ""
    if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6120,7 +6165,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
     let hide     = listhide
     let listhide = ""
    endif
-"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted pattern from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
     if hide =~ '^\^'
 "     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -6132,7 +6177,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
    endif
 
    " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ".((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")."match hide<".hide.">")
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -9215,6 +9260,7 @@ endfun
 " (full path directory with trailing slash returned)
 fun! s:NetrwTreeDir(islocal)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwTreeDir(islocal=".a:islocal.") getline(".line(".").")"."<".getline('.')."> b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir."> tab#".tabpagenr()." win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> ft=".&ft)
+"  call Decho("Determine tree directory given current cursor position")
 "  call Decho("g:netrw_keepdir  =".(exists("g:netrw_keepdir")?   g:netrw_keepdir   : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("w:netrw_liststyle=".(exists("w:netrw_liststyle")? w:netrw_liststyle : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call Decho("w:netrw_treetop  =".(exists("w:netrw_treetop")?   w:netrw_treetop   : 'n/a'),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -9320,7 +9366,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
    call setline(line("$")+1,a:depth.shortdir.'/')
   endif
 "  call Decho("setline#".line("$")." shortdir<".a:depth.shortdir.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-
   " append a / to dir if its missing one
   let dir= a:dir
 
@@ -9334,7 +9379,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
    let listhide= split(g:netrw_list_hide,',')
 "   call Decho("listhide=".string(listhide))
    for pat in listhide
-    call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir],'v:val !~ "'.pat.'"')
+    call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir],'v:val !~ "'.escape(pat,'\\').'"')
    endfor
 
   elseif g:netrw_hide == 2
@@ -9472,6 +9517,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwTreeListing(dirname)
 "   call Decho("g:netrw_banner=".g:netrw_banner.": banner ".(g:netrw_banner? "enabled" : "suppressed").": (line($)=".line("$")." byte2line(1)=".byte2line(1)." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
    " display from treetop on down
+"   call Decho("(s:NetrwTreeListing) w:netrw_treetop<".w:netrw_treetop.">")
    NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwTreeDisplay(w:netrw_treetop,"")
 "   call Decho("s:NetrwTreeDisplay) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
@@ -9742,7 +9788,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 
   " Hiding...  -or-  Showing... {{{3
   if g:netrw_banner
-"   call Decho("--handle hiding/showing (g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("--handle hiding/showing in banner (g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_list_hide != "" && g:netrw_hide
     if g:netrw_hide == 1
      NetrwKeepj put ='\"   Hiding:        '.g:netrw_list_hide
@@ -9795,7 +9841,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "  call Decho("g:netrw_banner=".g:netrw_banner.": banner ".(g:netrw_banner? "enabled" : "suppressed").": (line($)=".line("$")." byte2line(1)=".byte2line(1)." bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   if !g:netrw_banner || line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
-"   call Decho("manipulate directory listing (hide)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("manipulate directory listing (support hide)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_hide && g:netrw_list_hide != ""
     NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwListHide()
@@ -11808,7 +11854,7 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:NetrwEnew: opens a new buffer, passes netrw buffer variables through {{{2
 fun! s:NetrwEnew(...)
-"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwEnew() a:0=".a:0." bufnr($)=".bufnr("$")." expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
+"  call Dfunc("s:NetrwEnew() a:0=".a:0." win#".winnr()." winnr($)=".winnr("$")." bufnr($)=".bufnr("$")." expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
 "  call Decho("curdir<".((a:0>0)? a:1 : "")."> buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   " grab a function-local-variable copy of buffer variables
@@ -11875,6 +11921,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwEnew(...)
     endif
    endif
   endif
+  if v:version >= 700 && has("balloon_eval") && !exists("s:initbeval") && !exists("g:netrw_nobeval") && has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on")
+   let &l:bexpr = "netrw#BalloonHelp()"
+  endif
 
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwEnew : buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> expand(%)<".expand("%")."> expand(#)<".expand("#")."> bh=".&bh." win#".winnr()." winnr($)#".winnr("$"))
 endfun
@@ -11934,6 +11983,7 @@ endfun
 "           -1=failed
 fun! s:NetrwLcd(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwLcd(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
+"  call Decho("changing local directory",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let err472= 0
   try
@@ -11969,6 +12019,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwLcd(newdir)
    return -1
   endif
 
+"  call Decho("getcwd        <".getcwd().">")
+"  call Decho("b:netrw_curdir<".b:netrw_curdir.">")
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwLcd 0")
   return 0
 endfun

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-" Date:		May 03, 2013
-" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Date:		Sep 18, 2020
+" Version:	11
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 "python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
-" Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer: <vacancy>
+" Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009 (small fix 2015 Sep 14 from Debian)
+" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ function! python3complete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 break
             endif
         endwhile
-        execute "py3 vimpy3complete('" . cword . "', '" . a:base . "')"
+	execute "py3 vimpy3complete('" . escape(cword, "'") . "', '" . escape(a:base, "'") . "')"
         return g:python3complete_completions
     endif
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 "pythoncomplete.vim - Omni Completion for python
-" Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer: <vacancy>
+" Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
 "
 " Changes
 " TODO:
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ function! pythoncomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 break
             endif
         endwhile
-        execute "python vimcomplete('" . cword . "', '" . a:base . "')"
+        execute "python vimcomplete('" . escape(cword, "'") . "', '" . escape(a:base, "'") . "')"
         return g:pythoncomplete_completions
     endif
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
 " Date:		Jan 07, 2020
-" Version:	30
+" Version:	31
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v31"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ endif
 " zip#Browse: {{{2
 fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 "  call Dfunc("zip#Browse(zipfile<".a:zipfile.">)")
-  " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
+  " sanity check: insure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
   "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
   if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
    exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)

runtime/colors/README.txt

@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ You can use ":highlight" to find out the current colors.  Exception: the
 ctermfg and ctermbg values are numbers, which are only valid for the current
 terminal.  Use the color names instead.  See ":help cterm-colors".
 
-The default color settings can be found in the source file src/syntax.c.
+The default color settings can be found in the source file src/highlight.c.
 Search for "highlight_init".
 
 If you think you have a color scheme that is good enough to be used by others,

runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
 
   " 9) Normal should be defined first, not use reverse, fg or bg
   call cursor(1,1)
-  let pat = 'hi\%[light] \+\%(link\|clear\)\@!\w\+\>'
+  let pat = 'hi\%[ghlight] \+\%(link\|clear\)\@!\w\+\>'
   call search(pat, 'cW') " Look for the first hi def, skipping `hi link` and `hi clear`
   if getline('.') !~# '\m\<Normal\>'
     let err['highlight']['Normal'] = 'Should be defined first'

runtime/compiler/checkstyle.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Checkstyle
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 26
+" Last Change:	2020 Aug 2
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,8 +12,18 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=java\ com.puppycrawl.tools.checkstyle.Main\ -f\ plain
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-" sample error: WebTable.java:282: '+=' is not preceeded with whitespace.
-"		WebTable.java:201:1: '{' should be on the previous line.
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%v:\ %m,%f:%l:\ %m,%-G%.%#
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ com.puppycrawl.tools.checkstyle.Main\ -f\ plain\ -c\ /sun_checks.xml
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ -jar\ checkstyle-X.XX-all.jar\ -f\ plain\ -c\ /sun_checks.xml
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=checkstyle\ -f\ plain
+CompilerSet errorformat=[%tRROR]\ %f:%l:%v:\ %m,
+		       \[%tARN]\ %f:%l:%v:\ %m,
+		       \[%tRROR]\ %f:%l:\ %m,
+		       \[%tARN]\ %f:%l:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dart.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart VM
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dart2js.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart to JavaScript Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart2js"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart2js
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:,
+		       \%-GError:\ Compilation\ failed.,
+		       \%CError:\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dart2native.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart to Native Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dart2native"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dart2native
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%Z%$,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%E%f:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Analyzer
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartanalyzer"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartanalyzer\ --format\ machine
+CompilerSet errorformat=%t%\\w%\\+\|%\\w%\\+\|%\\w%\\+\|%f\|%l\|%c\|%\\d%\\+\|%m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Development Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartdevc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartdevc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:%c:\ Error:\ %m,
+		       \%CTry\ %.%#,
+		       \%Z\ %#^%\\+,
+		       \%Z%$,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%E%f:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Documentation Generator
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartdoc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartdoc
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ \ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \\ \ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%+EGeneration\ failed:\ %m,
+		       \%+ISuccess!\ Docs\ generated\ into\ %f,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Dart Formatter
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 May 08
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dartfmt"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=dartfmt
+CompilerSet errorformat=%Eline\ %l\\,\ column\ %c\ of\ %f:\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{3}│\ %\\+^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/eslint.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    ESLint for JavaScript
 " Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+" Last Change: 2020 August 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=eslint\ --format\ compact
+CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ eslint\ --format\ compact
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/gawk.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	GNU Awk
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "gawk"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=gawk
+CompilerSet errorformat=%Z%.awk:\ %f:%l:\ %p^\ %m,
+		       \%Eg%\\=awk:\ %f:%l:\ fatal:\ %m,
+		       \%Egawk:\ %f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
+		       \%Wgawk:\ %f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
+		       \%Egawk:\ %f:%l:\ %.%#,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %tatal:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %tatal:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \gawk:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%+C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/gjs.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	GJS (Gnome JavaScript Bindings)
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "gjs"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=gjs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%.%#JS\ %tRROR:\ %m\ @\ %f:%c,
+		       \%E%.%#JS\ ERROR:\ %m,
+		       \%Z@%f:%l:%c,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/javac.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	javac
+" Compiler:	Java Development Kit Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2004 Nov 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Oct 21
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,15 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ %m,%-Z%p^,%-C%.%#,%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
+		       \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
+		       \%-Z%p^,
+		       \%-C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/jest.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Jest
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jest"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jest\ --no-colors
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jest\ --no-colors
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E\ \ ●\ %m,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{4}%.%#Error:\ %f:\ %m\ (%l:%c):%\\=,
+		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ (%f:%l:%c),
+		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%\\w%.%#,
+		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%[-+]%.%#,
+		       \%-C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/jjs.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Nashorn Shell
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2018 Jan 9
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jjs"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jjs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/jshint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	JSHint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jshint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jshint\ --verbose
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jshint\ --verbose
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m\ (%t%n),
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/jsonlint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	JSON Lint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "jsonlint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jsonlint\ --compact\ --quiet
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=jsonlint\ --compact\ --quiet
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ found:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/rhino.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Rhino Shell (JavaScript in Java)
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rhino"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=java\ -jar\ lib/rhino-X.X.XX.jar\ -w\ -strict
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rhino
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-Gjs:\ %.%#Compilation\ produced%.%#,
+		       \%Ejs:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%Ejs:\ uncaught\ JavaScript\ runtime\ exception:\ %m,
+		       \%Wjs:\ warning:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%Zjs:\ %p^,
+		       \%Cjs:\ %.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/rubocop.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	RuboCop
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rubocop"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rubocop\ --format\ emacs
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %t:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/shellcheck.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	ShellCheck
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 4
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "shellcheck"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=shellcheck\ -f\ gcc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tote:\ %m\ [SC%n],
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/standard.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    Standard for JavaScript
 " Maintainer:  Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2020 May 17
+" Last Change: 2020 August 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=standard
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %m,%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ standard
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/stylelint.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Stylelint
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Jun 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "stylelint"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ stylelint\ --formatter\ compact
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=stylelint\ --formatter\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %trror\ -\ %m,
+		       \%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %tarning\ -\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/ts-node.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeScript Runner
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "node"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ ts-node
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=ts-node
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f\ %#(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%E%f:%l,
+		       \%+Z%\\w%\\+Error:\ %.%#,
+		       \%C%p^%\\+,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/tsc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeScript Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "tsc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ tsc
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=tsc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f\ %#(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%trror\ TS%n:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/typedoc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	TypeDoc
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "typedoc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ typedoc
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=typedoc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%EError:\ %f(%l),
+		       \%WWarning:\ %f(%l),
+		       \%+IDocumentation\ generated\ at\ %f,
+		       \%Z\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	xmllint
+" Compiler:	Libxml2 Command-Line Tool
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 8
+" Last Change:	2020 Jul 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -13,14 +13,16 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
 endif
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=xmllint\ --valid\ --noout
-
-CompilerSet errorformat=%+E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
-		    \%+W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
-		    \%-Z%p^,
-		    \%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
+		       \%W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
+		       \%-Z%p^,
+		       \%C%.%#,
+		       \%terror:\ %m,
+		       \%tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/xo.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	XO
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "xo"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ xo\ --reporter\ compact
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=xo\ --reporter\ compact
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %trror\ %m,
+		       \%f:\ line\ %l\\,\ col\ %c\\,\ %tarning\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
+" Last change:	2020 Sep 30
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -85,17 +85,6 @@ if has('mouse')
   endif
 endif
 
-" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
-" GUI (which always has colors).
-if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
-  " Revert with ":syntax off".
-  syntax on
-
-  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
-  " Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
-  let c_comment_strings=1
-endif
-
 " Only do this part when Vim was compiled with the +eval feature.
 if 1
 
@@ -124,6 +113,17 @@ if 1
 
 endif
 
+" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
+" GUI (which always has colors).
+if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
+  " Revert with ":syntax off".
+  syntax on
+
+  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
+  " Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
+  let c_comment_strings=1
+endif
+
 " Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
 " file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.
 " Only define it when not defined already.

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufWinLeave|		before a buffer is removed from a window
 
 |BufUnload|		before unloading a buffer
-|BufHidden|		just after a buffer has become hidden
+|BufHidden|		just before a buffer becomes hidden
 |BufNew|		just after creating a new buffer
 
 |SwapExists|		detected an existing swap file
@@ -551,12 +551,15 @@ CmdlineChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
 							*CmdlineEnter*
 CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
 				where the user can type a command or search
-				string.
+				string; including non-interactive use of ":"
+				in a mapping, but not when using |<Cmd>|.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdlineLeave*
-CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
+CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line; including
+				non-interactive use of ":" in a mapping, but
+				not when using |<Cmd>|.
 				Also when abandoning the command line, after
 				typing CTRL-C or <Esc>.
 				When the commands result in an error the
@@ -631,7 +634,7 @@ CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
-				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
+				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not triggered
 				until the user has pressed a key (i.e. doesn't
 				fire every 'updatetime' ms if you leave Vim to
 				make some coffee. :)  See |CursorHold-example|
@@ -881,9 +884,14 @@ InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
 				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
 				string.
+							*InsertLeavePre*
+InsertLeavePre			Just before leaving Insert mode.  Also when
+				using CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  Be careful not to
+				change mode or use `:normal`, it will likely
+				cause trouble.
 							*InsertLeave*
-InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
-				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
+InsertLeave			Just after leaving Insert mode.  Also when
+				using CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
 							*MenuPopup*
 MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 				right mouse button).  Useful for adjusting the
@@ -1425,8 +1433,8 @@ name!
 :aug[roup]! {name}		Delete the autocmd group {name}.  Don't use
 				this if there is still an autocommand using
 				this group!  You will get a warning if doing
-				it anyway. when the group is the current group
-				you will get error E936.
+				it anyway.  When the group is the current
+				group you will get error E936.
 
 To enter autocommands for a specific group, use this method:
 1. Select the group with ":augroup {name}".

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 04
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ the 'joinspaces' option is on, these commands insert two spaces after a '.',
 '!' or '?' (but if 'cpoptions' includes the 'j' flag, they insert two spaces
 only after a '.').
 The 'B' and 'M' flags in 'formatoptions' change the behavior for inserting
-spaces before and after a multi-byte character |fo-table|.
+spaces before and after a multibyte character |fo-table|.
 
 The '[ mark is set at the end of the first line that was joined, '] at the end
 of the resulting line.
@@ -1680,11 +1680,11 @@ b	Like 'v', but only auto-wrap if you enter a blank at or before
 l	Long lines are not broken in insert mode: When a line was longer than
 	'textwidth' when the insert command started, Vim does not
 	automatically format it.
-m	Also break at a multi-byte character above 255.  This is useful for
+m	Also break at a multibyte character above 255.  This is useful for
 	Asian text where every character is a word on its own.
-M	When joining lines, don't insert a space before or after a multi-byte
+M	When joining lines, don't insert a space before or after a multibyte
 	character.  Overrules the 'B' flag.
-B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
+B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
@@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][l][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.
 
@@ -1809,6 +1809,16 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 			With [i] case is ignored.
 
+			With [l] sort uses the current collation locale.
+			Implementation details: strcoll() is used to compare
+			strings. See |:language| to check or set the collation
+			locale. Example: >
+				:language collate en_US.UTF-8
+				:%sort l
+<			|v:collate| can also used to check the current locale.
+			Sorting using the locale typically ignores case.
+			This does not work properly on Mac.
+
 			Options [n][f][x][o][b] are mutually exclusive.
 
 			With [n] sorting is done on the first decimal number
@@ -1875,8 +1885,7 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
-The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no
-guarantee that sorting obeys the current locale.  You will have to try it out.
+`:sort` does not use the current locale unless the l flag is used.
 Vim does do a "stable" sort.
 
 The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -608,6 +608,10 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what
 		is going on in real time.
 
+		To enable the log very early, to see what is received from a
+		terminal during startup, use |--cmd|: >
+			vim --cmd "call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')"
+<
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
 		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
@@ -961,6 +965,10 @@ job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
 		"fail", because a fork happens before the failure can be
 		detected.
 
+		If in Vim9 script a variable is declared with type "job" but
+		never assigned to, passing that variable to job_status()
+		returns "fail".
+
 		If an exit callback was set with the "exit_cb" option and the
 		job is now detected to be "dead" the callback will be invoked.
 
@@ -1256,7 +1264,9 @@ After setting 'buftype' to "prompt" Vim does not automatically start Insert
 mode, use `:startinsert` if you want to enter Insert mode, so that the user
 can start typing a line.
 
-The text of the prompt can be set with the |prompt_setprompt()| function.
+The text of the prompt can be set with the |prompt_setprompt()| function. If
+no prompt is set with |prompt_setprompt()|, "% " is used. You can get the
+effective prompt text for a buffer, with |prompt_getprompt()|.
 
 The user can go to Normal mode and navigate through the buffer.  This can be
 useful to see older output or copy text.
@@ -1282,7 +1292,7 @@ prompt. >
 	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
 	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
 	endfunc
-		
+
 	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
 	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
 	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ three lines: >
 <
 
 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
-
+							*:star-visual-range*
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
 		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
@@ -873,34 +873,37 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 	   \\#			\#
 Also see |`=|.
 
-			       *:<cword>* *<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *<cWORD>*
-			       *:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
-			       *:<afile>* *<afile>* *:<abuf>* *<abuf>*
-			       *:<amatch>* *<amatch>* *:<stack>* *<stack>*
-			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
-			       *:<sflnum>* *<sflnum>* *E499* *E500*
+							*E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
+							*:<cword>* *<cword>*
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
+							*:<cWORD>* *<cWORD>*
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
+							*:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>*
 	<cexpr>    is replaced with the word under the cursor, including more
 		   to form a C expression.  E.g., when the cursor is on "arg"
 		   of "ptr->arg" then the result is "ptr->arg"; when the
 		   cursor is on "]" of "list[idx]" then the result is
 		   "list[idx]".  This is used for |v:beval_text|.
+							*:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
+							*:<afile>* *<afile>*
 	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
 		   of the buffer being manipulated, or the file for a read or
 		   write.  *E495*
+							*:<abuf>* *<abuf>*
 	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
 		   buffer).  *E496*
+							*:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
 	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  *E497*
 		   It differs from <afile> only when the file name isn't used
 		   to match with (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing
 		   events).
+							*:<sfile>* *<sfile>*
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
 		   When executing a function, is replaced with the call stack,
@@ -908,18 +911,24 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   <stack> is preferred).
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
 		   not used inside a script.
+							*:<stack>* *<stack>*
 	<stack>	   is replaced with the call stack, using
 		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]" for a function line
 		   and "script {file-name}[{lnum}]" for a script line, and
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
 		   the start of the function.
+							*:<sflnum>* *<sflnum>*
 	<sflnum>   When executing a script, is replaced with the line number.
 		   It differs from <slnum> in that <sflnum> is replaced with
 		   the script line number in any situation.  *E961*
+							*:<client>* *<client>*
+	<client>   is replaced with the {clinetid} of the last received
+		   message in |server2client()|
 
 							 *filename-modifiers*
 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
@@ -1130,7 +1139,8 @@ CTRL-C		Continue in Command-line mode.  The command-line under the
 		in Normal mode.  There is no redraw, thus the window will
 		remain visible.
 :quit		Discard the command line and go back to Normal mode.
-		":close", ":exit", ":xit" and CTRL-\ CTRL-N also work.
+		":close", CTRL-W c, ":exit", ":xit" and CTRL-\ CTRL-N also
+		work.
 :qall		Quit Vim, unless there are changes in some buffer.
 :qall!		Quit Vim, discarding changes to any buffer.
 

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 13
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ balance must be found between them.
 VIM IS... VI COMPATIBLE					*design-compatible*
 
 First of all, it should be possible to use Vim as a drop-in replacement for
-Vi.  When the user wants to, he can use Vim in compatible mode and hardly
-notice any difference with the original Vi.
+Vi.  When the user wants to, Vim can be used in compatible mode and hardly
+any differences with the original Vi will be noticed.
 
 Exceptions:
 - We don't reproduce obvious Vi bugs in Vim.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ available spell checking libraries and programs.  Unfortunately, the result
 was that none of them provided sufficient capabilities to be used as the spell
 checking engine in Vim, for various reasons:
 
-- Missing support for multi-byte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
+- Missing support for multibyte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
   so that more than one language can be used in the same file.
   Doing on-the-fly conversion is not always possible (would require iconv
   support).

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -921,6 +921,7 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ‟	9"	201F	8223	DOUBLE HIGH-REVERSED-9 QUOTATION MARK
 †	/-	2020	8224	DAGGER
 ‡	/=	2021	8225	DOUBLE DAGGER
+•	oo	2022	8226	BULLET
 ‥	..	2025	8229	TWO DOT LEADER
 …	,.	2026	8230	HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
 ‰	%0	2030	8240	PER MILLE SIGN

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 05
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,10 +73,14 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 			ways: Column, Line, Word, Character and Byte.  If the
 			number of Characters and Bytes is the same then the
 			Character position is omitted.
+
 			If there are characters in the line that take more
 			than one position on the screen (<Tab> or special
-			character), both the "real" column and the screen
-			column are shown, separated with a dash.
+			character), or characters using more than one byte per
+			column (characters above 0x7F when 'encoding' is
+			utf-8), both the byte column and the screen column are
+			shown, separated by a dash.
+
 			Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()|
 			function.
 
@@ -652,7 +656,7 @@ list of the current window.
 				:args ## x
 <			This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.
 
-:argd[elete] {pattern} ..			*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480*
+:argd[elete] {pattern} ..		*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480* *E610*
 			Delete files from the argument list that match the
 			{pattern}s.  {pattern} is used like a file pattern,
 			see |file-pattern|.  "%" can be used to delete the
@@ -662,7 +666,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			Example: >
 				:argdel *.obj
 
-:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the [range] files from the argument list.
 			Example: >
 				:10,$argdel
 <			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9. >

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 21
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,8 +120,9 @@ base, use |str2nr()|.
 
 						*TRUE* *FALSE* *Boolean*
 For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
-You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|.  When TRUE is returned from a
-function it is the Number one, FALSE is the number zero.
+You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|.  In Vim9 script |false| and |true|.
+When TRUE is returned from a function it is the Number one, FALSE is the
+number zero.
 
 Note that in the command: >
 	:if "foo"
@@ -132,7 +133,27 @@ non-zero number it means TRUE: >
 	:" executed
 To test for a non-empty string, use empty(): >
 	:if !empty("foo")
-<
+
+<						*falsy* *truthy*
+An expression can be used as a condition, ignoring the type and only using
+whether the value is "sort of true" or "sort of false".  Falsy is:
+	the number zero
+	empty string, blob, list or dictionary
+Other values are truthy.  Examples:
+	0	falsy
+	1	truthy
+	-1	truthy
+	0.0	falsy
+	0.1	truthy
+	''	falsy
+	'x'	truthy
+	[]	falsy
+	[0]	truthy
+	{}	falsy
+	#{x: 1} truthy
+	0z	falsy
+	0z00	truthy
+
 							*non-zero-arg*
 Function arguments often behave slightly different from |TRUE|: If the
 argument is present and it evaluates to a non-zero Number, |v:true| or a
@@ -876,10 +897,13 @@ Example: >
 All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
 
 
-expr1							*expr1* *E109*
+expr1				*expr1* *trinary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
 -----
 
-expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The trinary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The falsy operator:   expr2 ?? expr1
+
+Trinary operator ~
 
 The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number.  If it evaluates to
 |TRUE|, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
@@ -902,6 +926,23 @@ To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
 You should always put a space before the ':', otherwise it can be mistaken for
 use in a variable such as "a:1".
 
+Falsy operator ~
+
+This is also known as the "null coalescing operator", but that's too
+complicated, thus we just call it the falsy operator.
+
+The expression before the '??' is evaluated.  If it evaluates to
+|truthy|, this is used as the result.  Otherwise the expression after the '??'
+is evaluated and used as the result.  This is most useful to have a default
+value for an expression that may result in zero or empty: >
+	echo theList ?? 'list is empty'
+	echo GetName() ?? 'unknown'
+
+These are similar, but not equal: >
+	expr2 ?? expr1
+	expr2 ? expr2 : expr1
+In the second line "expr2" is evaluated twice.
+
 
 expr2 and expr3						*expr2* *expr3*
 ---------------
@@ -1131,19 +1172,25 @@ Evaluation is always from left to right.
 
 expr8[expr1]		item of String or |List|	*expr-[]* *E111*
 							*E909* *subscript*
+In legacy Vim script:
 If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
-expr1'th single byte from expr8.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
-Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see `byteidx()` for
-an alternative, or use `split()` to turn the string into a list of characters.
-
-Index zero gives the first byte.  This is like it works in C.  Careful:
-text column numbers start with one!  Example, to get the byte under the
-cursor: >
+expr1'th single byte from expr8.  expr8 is used as a String (a number is
+automatically converted to a String), expr1 as a Number.  This doesn't
+recognize multibyte encodings, see `byteidx()` for an alternative, or use
+`split()` to turn the string into a list of characters.  Example, to get the
+byte under the cursor: >
 	:let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
 
+In Vim9 script:
+If expr8 is a String this results in a String that contains the expr1'th
+single character from expr8.  To use byte indexes use |strpart()|.
+
+Index zero gives the first byte or character.  Careful: text column numbers
+start with one!
+
 If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
 String.  A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backward
-compatibility).  Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
+compatibility).  Use [-1:] to get the last byte or character.
 
 If expr8 is a |List| then it results the item at index expr1.  See |list-index|
 for possible index values.  If the index is out of range this results in an
@@ -1157,10 +1204,16 @@ error.
 
 expr8[expr1a : expr1b]	substring or sublist		*expr-[:]*
 
-If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
-from expr1a to and including expr1b.  expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
-expr1b are used as a Number.  This doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings, see
-|byteidx()| for computing the indexes.
+If expr8 is a String this results in the substring with the bytes or
+characters from expr1a to and including expr1b.  expr8 is used as a String,
+expr1a and expr1b are used as a Number.
+
+In legacy Vim script the indexes are byte indexes.  This doesn't recognize
+multibyte encodings, see |byteidx()| for computing the indexes.  If expr8 is
+a Number it is first converted to a String.
+
+In Vim9 script the indexes are character indexes.  To use byte indexes use
+|strpart()|.
 
 If expr1a is omitted zero is used.  If expr1b is omitted the length of the
 string minus one is used.
@@ -1173,6 +1226,7 @@ expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
 
 Examples: >
 	:let c = name[-1:]		" last byte of a string
+	:let c = name[0:-1]		" the whole string
 	:let c = name[-2:-2]		" last but one byte of a string
 	:let s = line(".")[4:]		" from the fifth byte to the end
 	:let s = s[:-3]			" remove last two bytes
@@ -2347,7 +2401,7 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert file contents are equal
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {error} is in v:exception
-assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 				Number	assert {cmd} fails
 assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])
 				Number	assert {actual} is false
@@ -2413,6 +2467,7 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 				String	status of channel {handle}
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
+charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
@@ -2501,7 +2556,7 @@ getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
 getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
 getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])
 				List	list of cmdline completion matches
-getcurpos()			List	position of the cursor
+getcurpos([{winnr}])		List	position of the cursor
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])	String	get the current working directory
 getenv({name})			String	return environment variable
 getfontname([{name}])		String	name of font being used
@@ -2533,6 +2588,7 @@ gettabvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 gettagstack([{nr}])		Dict	get the tag stack of window {nr}
+gettext({text})			String	lookup translation of {text}
 getwininfo([{winid}])		List	list of info about each window
 getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of the Vim window
@@ -2613,8 +2669,9 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
 					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
-mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})
-				none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
+mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Dict  like |map()| but creates a new List
+					   or Dictionary
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})	none	restore mapping from |maparg()| result
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
@@ -2625,6 +2682,10 @@ matcharg({nr})			List	arguments of |:match|
 matchdelete({id} [, {win}])	Number	delete match identified by {id}
 matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} ends in {expr}
+matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])
+				List	fuzzy match {str} in {list}
+matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])
+				List	fuzzy match {str} in {list}
 matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 				List	match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
 matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
@@ -2641,7 +2702,7 @@ mzeval({expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char({expr} [, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
 or({expr}, {expr})		Number	bitwise OR
-pathshorten({expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
+pathshorten({expr} [, {len}])	String	shorten directory names in a path
 perleval({expr})		any	evaluate |Perl| expression
 popup_atcursor({what}, {options}) Number create popup window near the cursor
 popup_beval({what}, {options})	Number	create popup window for 'ballooneval'
@@ -2669,6 +2730,7 @@ popup_show({id})		none	unhide popup window {id}
 pow({x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank({lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
 printf({fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
+prompt_getprompt({buf})		String	get prompt text
 prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr}) none	set prompt callback function
 prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {text}) none	set prompt interrupt function
 prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text}) none	set prompt text
@@ -2685,7 +2747,7 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})
 				none	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])
 				none	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])
 				Dict	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])	List	get list of property types
 pum_getpos()			Dict	position and size of pum if visible
@@ -2756,6 +2818,7 @@ setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})
 					{expr}
 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})
 				none	set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
+setcellwidths({list})		none	set character cell width overrides
 setcharsearch({dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdpos({pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
 setenv({name}, {val})		none	set environment variable
@@ -2824,7 +2887,8 @@ str2list({expr} [, {utf8}])	List	convert each character of {expr} to
 str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])
 				Number	convert String to Number
 strcharpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
-				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
+				String	{len} characters of {str} at
+					character {start}
 strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
 strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	format time with a specified format
@@ -2833,8 +2897,9 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	index of {needle} in {haystack}
 string({expr})			String	String representation of {expr} value
 strlen({expr})			Number	length of the String {expr}
-strpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
-				String	{len} bytes of {str} at byte {start}
+strpart({str}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])
+				String	{len} bytes/chars of {str} at
+					byte {start}
 strptime({format}, {timestring})
 				Number	Convert {timestring} to unix timestamp
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
@@ -3062,7 +3127,7 @@ appendbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		error message is given. Example: >
 			:let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
 <
-<		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
+		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
 		passed as the second argument: >
 			mylist->appendbufline(buf, lnum)
 
@@ -3343,7 +3408,7 @@ bufnr([{expr} [, {create}]])
 		above.
 
 		If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.  Or, if the
-		{create} argument is present and not zero, a new, unlisted,
+		{create} argument is present and TRUE, a new, unlisted,
 		buffer is created and its number is returned.  Example: >
 			let newbuf = bufnr('Scratch001', 1)
 <		Using an empty name uses the current buffer. To create a new
@@ -3406,7 +3471,8 @@ byte2line({byte})					*byte2line()*
 
 byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 		Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
-		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
+		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it then returns
+		zero.
 		This function is only useful when there are multibyte
 		characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
 		Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
@@ -3438,7 +3504,7 @@ byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
 <		The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
 		character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
 		one byte).
-		Only works different from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
+		Only works differently from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
 		a Unicode encoding.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -3493,7 +3559,7 @@ char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("á")		returns 225
 			char2nr("á"[0])		returns 195
-<		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
+<		With {utf8} set to TRUE, always treat as utf-8 characters.
 		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 		To turn a string into a list of character numbers: >
@@ -3504,6 +3570,18 @@ char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChar()->char2nr()
 
+
+charclass({string})					*charclass()*
+		Return the character class of the first character in {string}.
+		The character class is one of:
+			0	blank
+			1	punctuation
+			2	word character
+			3	emoji
+			other	specific Unicode class
+		The class is used in patterns and word motions.
+
+
 chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 		Change the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
 		the directory change depends on the directory of the current
@@ -3721,7 +3799,7 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 		not need to be the first letter: >
 			confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
 <		For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
-		the default shortcut key.
+		the default shortcut key.  Case is ignored.
 
 		The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
 		that is made if the user hits <CR>.  Use 1 to make the first
@@ -4268,11 +4346,15 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			<afile>		autocmd file name
 			<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
 			<amatch>	autocmd matched name
+			<cexpr>		C expression under the cursor
 			<sfile>		sourced script file or function name
 			<slnum>		sourced script line number or function
 					line number
 			<sflnum>	script file line number, also when in
 					a function
+			<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
+					current script ID  |<SID>|
+			<stack>		call stack
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
 			<client>	the {clientid} of the last received
@@ -4346,10 +4428,10 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 		|Dictionaries|.
 
 		If they are |Lists|: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
-		If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
-		{expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero insert before the
-		first item.  When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
-		{expr2} is appended.
+		If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before the
+		item with index {expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero
+		insert before the first item.  When {expr3} is equal to
+		len({expr1}) then {expr2} is appended.
 		Examples: >
 			:echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
 			:call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
@@ -4893,31 +4975,32 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 
 		Each returned List item is a dictionary with the following
 		entries:
-			bufnr		buffer number.
+			bufnr		Buffer number.
 			changed		TRUE if the buffer is modified.
-			changedtick	number of changes made to the buffer.
+			changedtick	Number of changes made to the buffer.
 			hidden		TRUE if the buffer is hidden.
-			lastused	timestamp in seconds, like
+			lastused	Timestamp in seconds, like
 					|localtime()|, when the buffer was
 					last used.
 					{only with the |+viminfo| feature}
 			listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
-			lnum		current line number in buffer.
-			linecount	number of lines in the buffer (only
+			lnum		Line number used for the buffer when
+					opened in the current window.
+			linecount	Number of lines in the buffer (only
 					valid when loaded)
 			loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
-			name		full path to the file in the buffer.
-			signs		list of signs placed in the buffer.
+			name		Full path to the file in the buffer.
+			signs		List of signs placed in the buffer.
 					Each list item is a dictionary with
 					the following fields:
 					    id	  sign identifier
 					    lnum  line number
 					    name  sign name
-			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
+			variables	A reference to the dictionary with
 					buffer-local variables.
-			windows		list of |window-ID|s that display this
+			windows		List of |window-ID|s that display this
 					buffer
-			popups		list of popup |window-ID|s that
+			popups		List of popup |window-ID|s that
 					display this buffer
 
 		Examples: >
@@ -5219,13 +5302,20 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 			GetPattern()->getcompletion('color')
 <
 							*getcurpos()*
-getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+getcurpos([{winid}])
+		Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
 		includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
 		    [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
 		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
 		The first "bufnum" item is always zero.
 
+		The optional {winid} argument can specify the window.  It can
+		be the window number or the |window-ID|.  The last known
+		cursor position is returned, this may be invalid for the
+		current value of the buffer if it is not the current window.
+		If {winid} is invalid a list with zeroes is returned.
+
 		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
 			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
 			MoveTheCursorAround
@@ -5436,15 +5526,16 @@ getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 					|location-list-file-window| for more
 					details.
 
-		Returns an empty Dictionary if there is no location list for
-		the window {nr} or the window is not present.
+		Returns a Dictionary with default values if there is no location
+		list for the window {nr}.
+		Returns an empty Dictionary if window {nr} does not exist.
 
 		Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >
 			:echo getloclist(3, {'all': 0})
 			:echo getloclist(5, {'filewinid': 0})
 
 
-getmarklist([{expr}]					*getmarklist()*
+getmarklist([{expr}])					*getmarklist()*
 		Without the {expr} argument returns a |List| with information
 		about all the global marks. |mark|
 
@@ -5452,7 +5543,7 @@ getmarklist([{expr}]					*getmarklist()*
 		local marks defined in buffer {expr}.  For the use of {expr},
 		see |bufname()|.
 
-		Each item in the retuned List is a |Dict| with the following:
+		Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following:
 		    name - name of the mark prefixed by "'"
 		    pos - a |List| with the position of the mark:
 				[bufnum, lnum, col, off]
@@ -5689,6 +5780,7 @@ getreginfo([{regname}])					*getreginfo()*
 		If {regname} is invalid or not set, an empty Dictionary
 		will be returned.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+		The returned Dictionary can be passed to |setreg()|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRegname()->getreginfo()
@@ -5795,6 +5887,19 @@ gettagstack([{nr}])					*gettagstack()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->gettagstack()
 
+
+gettext({text})						*gettext()*
+		Translate {text} if possible.
+		This is mainly for use in the distributed Vim scripts.  When
+		generating message translations the {text} is extracted by
+		xgettext, the translator can add the translated message in the
+		.po file and Vim will lookup the translation when gettext() is
+		called.
+		For {text} double quoted strings are preferred, because
+		xgettext does not understand escaping in single quoted
+		strings.
+
+
 getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 		Returns information about windows as a |List| with Dictionaries.
 
@@ -5983,7 +6088,7 @@ has({feature} [, {check}])
 		zero otherwise.  This is useful to check for a typo in
 		{feature} and to detect dead code.  Keep in mind that an older
 		Vim version will not know about a feature added later and
-		features that have been abandoned will not be know by the
+		features that have been abandoned will not be known by the
 		current Vim version.
 
 		Also see |exists()|.
@@ -6883,9 +6988,14 @@ luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])					*luaeval()*
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+lua| feature}
 
 map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
-		{expr1} must be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.
+		{expr1} must be a |List|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
 		Replace each item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating
-		{expr2}.  {expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
+		{expr2}.  For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
+		If the item type changes you may want to use |mapnew()| to
+		create a new List or Dictionary.  This is required when using
+		Vim9 script.
+
+		{expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
 
 		If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
 		of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
@@ -6920,11 +7030,11 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		|Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')
 
-<		Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
-		When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
-		further items in {expr1} are processed.  When {expr2} is a
-		Funcref errors inside a function are ignored, unless it was
-		defined with the "abort" flag.
+<		Returns {expr1}, the |List|, |Blob| or |Dictionary| that was
+		filtered.  When an error is encountered while evaluating
+		{expr2} no further items in {expr1} are processed.  When
+		{expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are ignored,
+		unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->map(expr2)
@@ -7033,7 +7143,13 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 			GetKey()->mapcheck('n')
 
 
-mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})				*mapset()*
+mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})					*mapnew()*
+		Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
+		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
+		unchanged.
+
+
+mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})					*mapset()*
 		Restore a mapping from a dictionary returned by |maparg()|.
 		{mode} and {abbr} should be the same as for the call to
 		|maparg()|. *E460*
@@ -7257,6 +7373,82 @@ matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*matchend()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchend('word')
 
+
+matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
+		If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a list with all
+		the strings in {list} that fuzzy match {str}. The strings in
+		the returned list are sorted based on the matching score.
+
+		The optional {dict} argument always supports the following
+		items:
+		    matchseq	When this item is present and {str} contains
+				multiple words separated by white space, then
+				returns only matches that contain the words in
+				the given sequence.
+
+		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
+		argument supports the following additional items:
+		    key		key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
+				{str}. The value of this item should be a
+				string.
+		    text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
+				in {list} to get the text for fuzzy matching.
+				This should accept a dictionary item as the
+				argument and return the text for that item to
+				use for fuzzy matching.
+
+		{str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
+		matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
+		is 256.
+
+		When {str} has multiple words each separated by white space,
+		then the list of strings that have all the words is returned.
+
+		If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then an
+		empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
+		256, then returns an empty list.
+
+		Example: >
+		   :echo matchfuzzy(["clay", "crow"], "cay")
+<		results in ["clay"]. >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->map({_, v -> v.name})->matchfuzzy("ndl")
+<		results in a list of buffer names fuzzy matching "ndl". >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("ndl", {'key' : 'name'})
+<		results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+		names fuzzy matching "ndl". >
+		   :echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("spl",
+						\ {'text_cb' : {v -> v.name}})
+<		results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+		names fuzzy matching "spl". >
+		   :echo v:oldfiles->matchfuzzy("test")
+<		results in a list of file names fuzzy matching "test". >
+		   :let l = readfile("buffer.c")->matchfuzzy("str")
+<		results in a list of lines in "buffer.c" fuzzy matching "str". >
+		   :echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one')
+<		results in ['two one', 'one two']. >
+		   :echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one',
+						\ {'matchseq': 1})
+<		results in ['two one'].
+
+matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzypos()*
+		Same as |matchfuzzy()|, but returns the list of matched
+		strings and the list of character positions where characters
+		in {str} matches.
+
+		If {str} matches multiple times in a string, then only the
+		positions for the best match is returned.
+
+		If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then a
+		list with two empty list items is returned.
+
+		Example: >
+			:echo matchfuzzypos(['testing'], 'tsg')
+<		results in [['testing'], [[0, 2, 6]]] >
+			:echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
+<		results in [['lacy', 'clay'], [[0, 1], [1, 2]]] >
+			:echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
+<		results in [{'id': 10, 'text': 'hello'}] [[2, 3]]
+
 matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchlist()*
 		Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
 		list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
@@ -7531,13 +7723,17 @@ or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
 			:let bits = bits->or(0x80)
 
 
-pathshorten({expr})					*pathshorten()*
+pathshorten({expr} [, {len}])				*pathshorten()*
 		Shorten directory names in the path {expr} and return the
 		result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
-		components in the path are reduced to single letters.  Leading
-		'~' and '.' characters are kept.  Example: >
+		components in the path are reduced to {len} letters in length.
+		If {len} is omitted or smaller than 1 then 1 is used (single
+		letters).  Leading '~' and '.' characters are kept.  Examples: >
 			:echo pathshorten('~/.vim/autoload/myfile.vim')
 <			~/.v/a/myfile.vim ~
+>
+			:echo pathshorten('~/.vim/autoload/myfile.vim', 2)
+<			~/.vi/au/myfile.vim ~
 		It doesn't matter if the path exists or not.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -7559,7 +7755,7 @@ perleval({expr})					*perleval()*
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+perl| feature}
 
 
-popup_ functions are documented here: |popup-functions|.
+popup_ functions are documented here: |popup-functions|
 
 
 pow({x}, {y})						*pow()*
@@ -7787,6 +7983,17 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		arguments an error is given.  Up to 18 arguments can be used.
 
 
+prompt_getprompt({buf})					*prompt_getprompt()*
+		Returns the effective prompt text for buffer {buf}.  {buf} can
+		be a buffer name or number.  See |prompt-buffer|.
+
+		If the buffer doesn't exist or isn't a prompt buffer, an empty
+		string is returned.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBuffer()->prompt_getprompt()
+
+
 prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setcallback()*
 		Set prompt callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr}
 		is an empty string the callback is removed.  This has only
@@ -7842,7 +8049,7 @@ prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text})				*prompt_setprompt()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->prompt_setprompt('command: ')
 
-prop_ functions are documented here: |text-prop-functions|.
+prop_ functions are documented here: |text-prop-functions|
 
 pum_getpos()						*pum_getpos()*
 		If the popup menu (see |ins-completion-menu|) is not visible,
@@ -8124,15 +8331,18 @@ reg_recording()						*reg_recording()*
 		Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.
 
 reltime([{start} [, {end}]])				*reltime()*
-		Return an item that represents a time value.  The format of
-		the item depends on the system.  It can be passed to
-		|reltimestr()| to convert it to a string  or |reltimefloat()|
-		to convert to a Float.
-		Without an argument it returns the current time.
+		Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
+		list with items that depend on the system.  In Vim 9 script
+		list<any> can be used.
+		The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
+		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.
+
+		Without an argument reltime() returns the current time.
 		With one argument is returns the time passed since the time
 		specified in the argument.
 		With two arguments it returns the time passed between {start}
 		and {end}.
+
 		The {start} and {end} arguments must be values returned by
 		reltime().
 
@@ -8450,6 +8660,7 @@ screencol()							*screencol()*
 		the following mappings: >
 			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
 			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+			nnoremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<CR>
 <
 screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})				*screenpos()*
 		The result is a Dict with the screen position of the text
@@ -8707,7 +8918,8 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 		  pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
 						when recomputing the result.
 						this changes "current" result
-						value. see |cursor()|, |getpos()
+						value. see |cursor()|,
+						|getpos()|
 						(default: cursor's position)
 
 
@@ -8918,6 +9130,31 @@ setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setbufvar(buf, varname)
 
+
+setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
+		Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
+		tells Vim how wide characters are, counted in screen cells.
+		This overrides 'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
+		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
+		   		\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
+
+<					*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113*
+		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
+		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
+		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
+		character. Otherwise it is the range of characters from "low"
+		to "high" (inclusive).  "width" is either 1 or 2, indicating
+		the character width in screen cells.
+		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
+		range overlaps with another.
+		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
+
+		To clear the overrides pass an empty list: >
+		   setcellwidths([]);
+<		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
+		the effect for known emoji characters.
+
+
 setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
 		Set the current character search information to {dict},
 		which contains one or more of the following entries:
@@ -9109,7 +9346,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		argument is ignored.  See below for the supported items in
 		{what}.
 							*setqflist-what*
-		When {what} is not present, the items in {list} or used.  Each
+		When {what} is not present, the items in {list} are used.  Each
 		item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in {list} are
 		ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the following
 		entries:
@@ -9330,7 +9567,7 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 
 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 
-		Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples||):
+		Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples|):
 		    Empty the tag stack of window 3: >
 			call settagstack(3, {'items' : []})
 
@@ -9479,8 +9716,25 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
 		ignored.
 
+		When {func} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
+		locale is used for ordering. Implementation details: strcoll()
+		is used to compare strings. See |:language| check or set the
+		collation locale. |v:collate| can also be used to check the
+		current locale. Sorting using the locale typically ignores
+		case. Example: >
+			" ö is sorted similarly to o with English locale.
+			:language collate en_US.UTF8
+			:echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+<			['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'] ~
+>
+			" ö is sorted after z with Swedish locale.
+			:language collate sv_SE.UTF8
+			:echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+<			['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
+		This does not work properly on Mac.
+
 		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
-		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: This uses the
+		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
 		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
 		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
 
@@ -9932,17 +10186,22 @@ strlen({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
 		{expr} in bytes.
 		If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
 		For other types an error is given.
-		If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters use
+		If you want to count the number of multibyte characters use
 		|strchars()|.
 		Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->strlen()
 
-strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
+strpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])			*strpart()*
 		The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
 		byte {start}, with the byte length {len}.
-		To count characters instead of bytes use |strcharpart()|.
+		When {chars} is present and TRUE then {len} is the number of
+		characters positions (composing characters are not counted
+		separately, thus "1" means one base character and any
+		following composing characters).
+		To count {start} as characters instead of bytes use
+		|strcharpart()|.
 
 		When bytes are selected which do not exist, this doesn't
 		result in an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
@@ -9954,8 +10213,8 @@ strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
 			strpart("abcdefg", 3)	    == "defg"
 
 <		Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0.  For
-		example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
-			strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 3)
+		example, to get the character under the cursor: >
+			strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 1, v:true)
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->strpart(5)
@@ -10130,7 +10389,7 @@ swapname({expr})					*swapname()*
 		The result is the swap file path of the buffer {expr}.
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
 		If buffer {expr} is the current buffer, the result is equal to
-		|:swapname| (unless no swap file).
+		|:swapname| (unless there is no swap file).
 		If buffer {expr} has no swap file, returns an empty string.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -10177,7 +10436,9 @@ synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])			*synIDattr()*
 		"bg"		background color (as with "fg")
 		"font"		font name (only available in the GUI)
 				|highlight-font|
-		"sp"		special color (as with "fg") |highlight-guisp|
+		"sp"		special color for the GUI (as with "fg")
+				|highlight-guisp|
+		"ul"		underline color for cterm: number as a string
 		"fg#"		like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
 				running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
 		"bg#"		like "fg#" for "bg"
@@ -10353,8 +10614,13 @@ tabpagebuflist([{arg}])					*tabpagebuflist()*
 tabpagenr([{arg}])					*tabpagenr()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		tab page.  The first tab page has number 1.
-		When the optional argument is "$", the number of the last tab
-		page is returned (the tab page count).
+
+		The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
+			$	the number of the last tab page (the tab page
+				count).
+			#	the number of the last accessed tab page
+				(where |g<Tab>| goes to). if there is no
+				previous tab page 0 is returned.
 		The number can be used with the |:tab| command.
 
 
@@ -10476,8 +10742,8 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 		detected from the response to |t_RV| request.  See
 		|v:termresponse| for the response itself.  If |v:termresponse|
 		is empty most values here will be 'u' for unknown.
-		   cursor_style		wether sending |t_RS| works  **
-		   cursor_blink_mode	wether sending |t_RC| works  **
+		   cursor_style		whether sending |t_RS| works  **
+		   cursor_blink_mode	whether sending |t_RC| works  **
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported
 
@@ -10944,7 +11210,8 @@ win_screenpos({nr})					*win_screenpos()*
 		Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
 		numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position
 		[1, 1], unless there is a tabline, then it is [2, 1].
-		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.  Use zero
+		for the current window.
 		Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found in the current
 		tabpage.
 
@@ -11132,7 +11399,8 @@ winsaveview()	Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
 			curswant	column for vertical movement
 			topline		first line in the window
 			topfill		filler lines, only in diff mode
-			leftcol		first column displayed
+			leftcol		first column displayed; only used when
+					'wrap' is off
 			skipcol		columns skipped
 		Note that no option values are saved.
 
@@ -11351,7 +11619,7 @@ menu			Compiled with support for |:menu|.
 mksession		Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
 modify_fname		Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
 			(always true)
-mouse			Compiled with support mouse.
+mouse			Compiled with support for mouse.
 mouse_dec		Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
 mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_gpm_enabled	GPM mouse is working
@@ -11363,7 +11631,7 @@ mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding' (always true)
-multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding.
+multi_byte_encoding	'encoding' is set to a multibyte encoding.
 multi_byte_ime		Compiled with support for IME input method.
 multi_lang		Compiled with support for multiple languages.
 mzscheme		Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
@@ -11906,8 +12174,9 @@ be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
 
 Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
 defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
-function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
-And you will get an error message every time.
+function, you will get an error message for the missing function.  If you fix
+the autoload script it won't be automatically loaded again.  Either restart
+Vim or manually source the script.
 
 Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
 other and vice versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
@@ -12129,7 +12398,8 @@ text...
 {endmarker}
 			Set internal variable {var-name} to a |List|
 			containing the lines of text bounded by the string
-			{endmarker}.
+			{endmarker}. The lines of text is used as a
+			|literal-string|.
 			{endmarker} must not contain white space.
 			{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
 			The last line should end only with the {endmarker}
@@ -12240,10 +12510,20 @@ text...
 				:const x = 1
 <			is equivalent to: >
 				:let x = 1
-				:lockvar 1 x
-<			This is useful if you want to make sure the variable
-			is not modified.
-							*E995*
+				:lockvar! x
+<			NOTE: in Vim9 script `:const` works differently, see
+			|vim9-const|
+			This is useful if you want to make sure the variable
+			is not modified.  If the value is a List or Dictionary
+			literal then the items also cannot be changed: >
+				const ll = [1, 2, 3]
+				let ll[1] = 5  " Error!
+< 			Nested references are not locked: >
+				let lvar = ['a']
+				const lconst = [0, lvar]
+				let lconst[0] = 2  " Error!
+				let lconst[1][0] = 'b'  " OK
+<							*E995*
 			|:const| does not allow to for changing a variable: >
 				:let x = 1
 				:const x = 2  " Error!
@@ -12273,6 +12553,8 @@ text...
 
 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
+				0	Lock the variable {name} but not its
+					value.
 				1	Lock the |List| or |Dictionary| itself,
 					cannot add or remove items, but can
 					still change their values.
@@ -12286,7 +12568,14 @@ text...
 					|Dictionary|, one level deeper.
 			The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a |List|
 			or |Dictionary| the values cannot be changed.
-								*E743*
+
+			Example with [depth] 0: >
+				let mylist = [1, 2, 3]
+				lockvar 0 mylist
+				let mylist[0] = 77   	" OK
+				call add(mylist, 4]  	" OK
+				let mylist = [7, 8, 9]  " Error!
+<								*E743*
 			For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
 			However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
 			loops.

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ file.  It will be overwritten when installing a new version of Vim.
 
 A. If you want to overrule all default file type checks.
    This works by writing one file for each filetype.  The disadvantage is that
-   means there can be many files.  The advantage is that you can simply drop
-   this file in the right directory to make it work.
+   there can be many files.  The advantage is that you can simply drop this
+   file in the right directory to make it work.
 							*ftdetect*
    1. Create your user runtime directory.  You would normally use the first
       item of the 'runtimepath' option.  Then create the directory "ftdetect"
@@ -397,6 +397,13 @@ ways to change this:
 3.  Docs for the default filetype plugins.		*ftplugin-docs*
 
 
+AWK							*ft-awk-plugin*
+
+Support for features specific to GNU Awk, like @include, can be enabled by
+setting: >
+	let g:awk_is_gawk = 1
+
+
 CHANGELOG						*ft-changelog-plugin*
 
 Allows for easy entrance of Changelog entries in Changelog files.  There are

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 16
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -547,15 +547,6 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 5.2 Creating New Menus					*creating-menus*
 
 				*:me*  *:menu*   *:noreme*  *:noremenu*
-				*:am*  *:amenu*  *:an*      *:anoremenu*
-				*:nme* *:nmenu*  *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu*
-				*:ome* *:omenu*  *:onoreme* *:onoremenu*
-				*:vme* *:vmenu*  *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu*
-				*:xme* *:xmenu*  *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu*
-				*:sme* *:smenu*  *:snoreme* *:snoremenu*
-				*:ime* *:imenu*  *:inoreme* *:inoremenu*
-				*:cme* *:cmenu*  *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu*
-				*:tlm* *:tlmenu* *:tln*     *:tlnoremenu*
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
@@ -596,6 +587,7 @@ With the shortcut "F" (while keeping the <Alt> key pressed), and then "O",
 this menu can be used.  The second part is shown as "Open     :e".  The ":e"
 is right aligned, and the "O" is underlined, to indicate it is the shortcut.
 
+					*:am*  *:amenu*  *:an*      *:anoremenu*
 The ":amenu" command can be used to define menu entries for all modes at once,
 except for Terminal mode.  To make the command work correctly, a character is
 automatically inserted for some modes:
@@ -634,6 +626,30 @@ included they make the <> form and raw key codes not being recognized).
 Note that <Esc> in Cmdline mode executes the command, like in a mapping.  This
 is Vi compatible.  Use CTRL-C to quit Cmdline mode.
 
+		*:nme* *:nmenu*  *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu* *:nunme* *:nunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "n" work in Normal mode. |mapmode-n|
+
+		*:ome* *:omenu*  *:onoreme* *:onoremenu* *:ounme* *:ounmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "o" work in Operator-pending mode. |mapmode-o|
+
+		*:vme* *:vmenu*  *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu* *:vunme* *:vunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "v" work in Visual mode. |mapmode-v|
+
+		*:xme* *:xmenu*  *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu* *:xunme* *:xunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "x" work in Visual and Select mode. |mapmode-x|
+
+		*:sme* *:smenu*  *:snoreme* *:snoremenu* *:sunme* *:sunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "s" work in Select mode. |mapmode-s|
+
+		*:ime* *:imenu*  *:inoreme* *:inoremenu* *:iunme* *:iunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "i" work in Insert mode. |mapmode-i|
+
+		*:cme* *:cmenu*  *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu* *:cunme* *:cunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "c" work in Cmdline mode. |mapmode-c|
+
+		*:tlm* *:tlmenu* *:tln*     *:tlnoremenu* *:tlu*   *:tlunmenu*
+Menu commands starting with "tl" work in Terminal mode. |mapmode-t|
+
 						*:menu-<silent>* *:menu-silent*
 To define a menu which will not be echoed on the command line, add
 "<silent>" as the first argument.  Example: >
@@ -897,14 +913,6 @@ using the last visual selection.
 
 						*:unme*  *:unmenu*
 						*:aun*   *:aunmenu*
-						*:nunme* *:nunmenu*
-						*:ounme* *:ounmenu*
-						*:vunme* *:vunmenu*
-						*:xunme* *:xunmenu*
-						*:sunme* *:sunmenu*
-						*:iunme* *:iunmenu*
-						*:cunme* *:cunmenu*
-						*:tlu*   *:tlunmenu*
 To delete a menu item or a whole submenu, use the unmenu commands, which are
 analogous to the unmap commands.  Eg: >
     :unmenu! Edit.Paste
@@ -1096,8 +1104,9 @@ That's all.  XLFDs are not used.  For Chinese this is reported to work well: >
 
 For Mac OSX you can use something like this: >
     :set guifont=Monaco:h10
-Also see 'macatsui', it can help fix display problems.
-							*E236*
+
+Mono-spaced fonts					*E236*
+
 Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same width).
 An exception is GTK: all fonts are accepted, but mono-spaced fonts look best.
 

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ with the Intellimouse driver 2.2 and when "Universal Scrolling" is turned on.
 
 XPM support						*w32-xpm-support*
 
-GVim can be build on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
+GVim can be built on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
 See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
 
 To try out if XPM support works do this: >

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 05
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Programming language support ~
 
 Language support ~
 |digraph.txt|	list of available digraphs
-|mbyte.txt|	multi-byte text support
+|mbyte.txt|	multibyte text support
 |mlang.txt|	non-English language support
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 |arabic.txt|	Arabic language support and editing

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 01
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -369,14 +369,16 @@ highlighting.  So do these:
 You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim
 
 							*inclusion*
-Some people make a big deal about using "his" when referring to the user,
-thinking it means we assume the user is male.  That is of course not the case,
-it's just a habit of writing help text, which quite often is many years old.
-Also, a lot of the text is written by contributors for who English is not
-their first language.  We do not make any assumptions about the gender of the
-user, no matter how the text is phrased.  And we do not want to waste time on
-this discussion.  The goal is that the reader understands how Vim works, the
-exact wording is secondary.
+Vim is for everybody, no matter race, gender or anything.  Some people make a
+big deal about using "he" or "his" when referring to the user, thinking it
+means we assume the user is male.  That is not the case, it's just a habit of
+writing help text, which quite often is many years old.  Also, a lot of the
+text is written by contributors for whom English is not their first language.
+We do not make any assumptions about the gender of the user, no matter how the
+text is phrased.  Some people have suggested using "they", but that is not
+regular English. We do not want to spend much time on this discussion.  The
+goal is that the reader understands how Vim works, the exact wording is
+secondary.
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				returns it. Note that the buffer is not set as
 				current.
 
-	vim.call({name} [,{args}])
-				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with 
+	vim.call({name} [, {args}])
+				Proxy to call Vim function named {name} with
 				arguments {args}.  Example: >
 					:lua print(vim.call('has', 'timers'))
 <

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
-			Note: This command doesn't work if the MzScheme
+			Note: This command doesn't work when the MzScheme
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Options:
 	$win delcmd {cmd}				*tcl-window-delcmd*
 	Registers the Tcl command {cmd} as a deletion callback for the window.
 	This command is executed (in the global scope) just before the window
-	is closed.  Complex commands should be build with "list": >
+	is closed.  Complex commands should be built with "list": >
 		$win delcmd [list puts vimerr "window deleted"]
 <	See also |tcl-buffer-delcmd|.
 
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Options:
 	$buf delcmd {cmd}				*tcl-buffer-delcmd*
 	Registers the Tcl command {cmd} as a deletion callback for the buffer.
 	This command is executed (in the global scope) just before the buffer
-	is deleted.  Complex commands should be build with "list": >
+	is deleted.  Complex commands should be built with "list": >
 		$buf delcmd [list puts vimerr "buffer [$buf number] gone"]
 <	See also |tcl-window-delcmd|.
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -414,11 +414,11 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-(*
 	(N    When in unclosed parentheses, indent N characters from the line
-	      with the unclosed parentheses.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
+	      with the unclosed parenthesis.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
 	      extra unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed
-	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
+	      parenthesis is the first non-white character in its line, line
 	      up with the next non-white character after the unclosed
-	      parentheses.  (default 'shiftwidth' * 2).
+	      parenthesis.  (default 'shiftwidth' * 2).
 
 		cino=			  cino=(0 >
 		  if (c1 && (c2 ||	    if (c1 && (c2 ||
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-U*
 	UN    When N is non-zero, do not ignore the indenting specified by
-	      ( or u in case that the unclosed parentheses is the first
+	      ( or u in case that the unclosed parenthesis is the first
 	      non-white character in its line.  (default 0).
 
 		cino= or cino=(s	  cino=(s,U1 >
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 							*cino-w*
 	wN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
-	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
-	      up with the character immediately after the unclosed parentheses
+	      parenthesis is the first non-white character in its line, line
+	      up with the character immediately after the unclosed parenthesis
 	      rather than the first non-white character.  (default 0).
 
 		cino=(0			  cino=(0,w1 >
@@ -464,11 +464,11 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-W*
 	WN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
-	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively and the unclosed parentheses is
+	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively and the unclosed parenthesis is
 	      the last non-white character in its line and it is not the
-	      closing parentheses, indent the following line N characters
+	      closing parenthesis, indent the following line N characters
 	      relative to the outer context (i.e. start of the line or the
-	      next unclosed parentheses).  (default: 0).
+	      next unclosed parenthesis).  (default: 0).
 
 		cino=(0			   cino=(0,W4 >
 		  a_long_line(		    a_long_line(
@@ -495,8 +495,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-m*
 	mN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
-	      parentheses with the first character of the line with the
-	      matching opening parentheses.  (default 0).
+	      parenthesis with the first character of the line with the
+	      matching opening parenthesis.  (default 0).
 
 		cino=(s			  cino=(s,m1 >
 		  c = c1 && (		    c = c1 && (
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-M*
 	MN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
-	      parentheses with the first character of the previous line.
+	      parenthesis with the first character of the previous line.
 	      (default 0).
 
 		cino=			  cino=M1 >
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      recognize preprocessor lines; right-shifting lines that start
 	      with "#" does not work.
 
-
+								*cino-P*
 	PN    When N is non-zero recognize C pragmas, and indent them like any
 	      other code; does not concern other preprocessor directives.
 	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize C pragmas, treating
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Indent after a nested paren: >
 Indent for a continuation line: >
 	let g:pyindent_continue = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
 
-The method uses |searchpair()| to look back for unclosed parenthesis.  This
+The method uses |searchpair()| to look back for unclosed parentheses.  This
 can sometimes be slow, thus it timeouts after 150 msec.  If you notice the
 indenting isn't correct, you can set a larger timeout in msec: >
 	let g:pyindent_searchpair_timeout = 500

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -440,6 +440,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<C-LeftMouse>|	<C-LeftMouse>	   ":ta" to the keyword at the mouse click
 |<C-Right>|	<C-Right>	1  same as "w"
 |<C-RightMouse>| <C-RightMouse>	   same as "CTRL-T"
+|<C-Tab>|	<C-Tab>		   same as "g<Tab>"
 |<Del>|		["x]<Del>	2  same as "x"
 |N<Del>|	{count}<Del>	   remove the last digit from {count}
 |<Down>|	<Down>		1  same as "j"
@@ -587,6 +588,8 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 				   following the file name.
 |CTRL-W_gt|	CTRL-W g t	   same as `gt`: go to next tab page
 |CTRL-W_gT|	CTRL-W g T	   same as `gT`: go to previous tab page
+|CTRL-W_g<Tab>|	CTRL-W g <Tab>	   same as |g<Tab>|: go to last accessed tab
+				   page.
 |CTRL-W_h|	CTRL-W h	   go to Nth left window (stop at first window)
 |CTRL-W_i|	CTRL-W i	   split window and jump to declaration of
 				   identifier under the cursor
@@ -781,10 +784,10 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   lines down
 |gk|		gk		1  like "k", but when 'wrap' on go N screen
 				   lines up
-|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
-				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
 |gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
+|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
@@ -805,6 +808,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g<LeftMouse>|	g<LeftMouse>	   same as <C-LeftMouse>
 		g<MiddleMouse>	   same as <C-MiddleMouse>
 |g<RightMouse>|	g<RightMouse>	   same as <C-RightMouse>
+|g<Tab>|	g<Tab>		   go to the last accessed tab page.
 |g<Up>|		g<Up>		1  same as "gk"
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -1313,6 +1317,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:filetype|	:filet[ype]	switch file type detection on/off
 |:filter|	:filt[er]	filter output of following command
 |:find|		:fin[d]		find file in 'path' and edit it
+|:final|	:final		declare an immutable variable in Vim9
 |:finally|	:fina[lly]	part of a :try command
 |:finish|	:fini[sh]	quit sourcing a Vim script
 |:first|	:fir[st]	go to the first file in the argument list
@@ -1687,6 +1692,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:unsilent|	:uns[ilent]	run a command not silently
 |:update|	:up[date]	write buffer if modified
 |:vglobal|	:v[global]	execute commands for not matching lines
+|:var|		:var		variable declaration in Vim9
 |:version|	:ve[rsion]	print version number and other info
 |:verbose|	:verb[ose]	execute command with 'verbose' set
 |:vertical|	:vert[ical]	make following command split vertically

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 30
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -312,6 +312,7 @@ If you enter a value of 10, it will end up in the file as a 0.  The 10 is a
 the buffer to a file, the <NL> character is translated into <Nul>.  The <NL>
 character is written at the end of each line.  Thus if you want to insert a
 <NL> character in a file you will have to make a line break.
+Also see 'fileformat'.
 
 						*i_CTRL-X* *insert_expand*
 CTRL-X enters a sub-mode where several commands can be used.  Most of these
@@ -1843,6 +1844,7 @@ a			Append text after the cursor [count] times.  If the
 
 							*A*
 A			Append text at the end of the line [count] times.
+			For using "A" in Visual block mode see |v_b_A|.
 
 <insert>	or				*i* *insert* *<Insert>*
 i			Insert text before the cursor [count] times.
@@ -1855,6 +1857,7 @@ I			Insert text before the first non-blank in the line
 			When the 'H' flag is present in 'cpoptions' and the
 			line only contains blanks, insert start just before
 			the last blank.
+			For using "I" in Visual block mode see |v_b_I|.
 
 							*gI*
 gI			Insert text in column 1 [count] times.

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 30
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Flemming Madsen		X11 client-server, various features and patches
 	Tony Mechelynck		answers many user questions
 	Paul Moore		Python interface extensions, many patches
-	Katsuhito Nagano	Work on multi-byte versions
-	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
+	Katsuhito Nagano	Work on multibyte versions
+	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multibyte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
 	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ the ":map" command.  The rules are:
 	   <M-a>		Meta- a  ('a' with bit 8 set)
 	   <M-A>		Meta- A  ('A' with bit 8 set)
 	   <t_kd>		"kd" termcap entry (cursor down key)
-    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multi-byte
+    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multibyte
     character, Vim may not be able to know what byte sequence that is and then
     it won't work.
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 23
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ whether to use the "," mapping or the longer one.  To avoid this add the
 <nowait> argument.  Then the mapping will be used when it matches, Vim does
 not wait for more characters to be typed.  However, if the characters were
 already typed they are used.
+Note that this works when the <nowait> mapping fully matches and is found
+before any partial matches.  This works when:
+- There is only one matching buffer-local mapping, since these are always
+  found before global mappings.
+- There is another buffer-local mapping that partly matches, but it is
+  defined earlier (last defined mapping is found first).
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -246,6 +252,17 @@ For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
 should not either insert or change the v:char.
 
+In case you want the mapping to not do anything, you can have the expression
+evaluate to an empty string.  If something changed that requires Vim to
+go through the main loop (e.g. to update the display), return "\<Ignore>".
+This is similar to "nothing" but makes Vim return from the loop that waits for
+input. Example: >
+	func s:OpenPopup()
+	  call popup_create(... arguments ...)
+	  return "\<Ignore>"
+	endfunc
+	nnoremap <expr> <F3> <Sid>OpenPopup()
+
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
 For this reason the following is blocked:
@@ -254,7 +271,7 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
 - The |:normal| command.
 - Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
 If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
-that.
+that, or use a |<Cmd>| mapping instead.
 
 You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
 have these mappings: >
@@ -283,15 +300,42 @@ Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 CTRL-L inserts the next number, CTRL-R resets the count.  CTRL-R returns an
 empty string, so that nothing is inserted.
 
-Note that there are some tricks to make special keys work and escape CSI bytes
-in the text.  The |:map| command also does this, thus you must avoid that it
-is done twice.  This does not work: >
-	:imap <expr> <F3> "<Char-0x611B>"
-Because the <Char- sequence is escaped for being a |:imap| argument and then
-again for using <expr>.  This does work: >
-	:imap <expr> <F3> "\u611B"
-Using 0x80 as a single byte before other text does not work, it will be seen
-as a special key.
+Note that using 0x80 as a single byte before other text does not work, it will
+be seen as a special key.
+
+						*<Cmd>* *:map-cmd*
+The special text <Cmd> begins a "command mapping", it executes the command
+directly without changing modes.  Where you might use ":...<CR>" in the
+{rhs} of a mapping, you can instead use "<Cmd>...<CR>".
+Example: >
+	noremap x <Cmd>echo mode(1)<CR>
+<
+This is more flexible than `:<C-U>` in Visual and Operator-pending mode, or
+`<C-O>:` in Insert mode, because the commands are executed directly in the
+current mode, instead of always going to Normal mode.  Visual mode is
+preserved, so tricks with |gv| are not needed.  Commands can be invoked
+directly in Command-line mode (which would otherwise require timer hacks).
+Example of using <Cmd> halfway Insert mode: >
+	nnoremap <F3> aText <Cmd>echo mode(1)<CR> Added<Esc>
+
+Unlike <expr> mappings, there are no special restrictions on the <Cmd>
+command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocmd| was invoked.
+
+Note:
+- Because <Cmd> avoids mode-changes it does not trigger |CmdlineEnter| and
+  |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is expected.
+- For the same reason, |keycodes| like <C-R><C-W> are interpreted as plain,
+  unmapped keys.
+- In Select mode, |:map| and |:vmap| command mappings are executed in
+  Visual mode.  Use |:smap| to handle Select mode differently.
+
+							*E1135* *E1136*
+<Cmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed by <CR> in the
+{rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never entered.
+
+							*E1137*
+<Cmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot contain special
+characters like function keys.
 
 
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
@@ -595,7 +639,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
 	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
-This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
+This is useful to specify a (multibyte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
 
 							*map-comments*
@@ -840,8 +884,15 @@ execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.
 
 When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
 	imap <C-[> [[[
-	imap <C-S-{> {{{
-Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+	imap <C-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+Note that <C-{> is used and not <C-S-[> or <C-S-{>.  This works on most
+keyboards.  Similarly, <C-}> is used instead of <C-S-]> or <C-S-}> and
+<C-|> instead of <C-S-\> or <C-S-|>.  Note that '|' has a special meaning in a
+mapping, see |map-bar|.
+
+WARNING: if you map <C-[> you may very well break any key codes that start
+with Esc.  Make sure it comes AFTER other mappings.
 
 A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
 after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
@@ -875,35 +926,47 @@ g@{motion}		Call the function set by the 'operatorfunc' option.
 
 Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 
-	nmap <silent> <F4> :set opfunc=CountSpaces<CR>g@
-	vmap <silent> <F4> :<C-U>call CountSpaces(visualmode(), 1)<CR>
+	nnoremap <expr> <F4> CountSpaces()
+	xnoremap <expr> <F4> CountSpaces()
+	" doubling <F4> works on a line
+	nnoremap <expr> <F4><F4> CountSpaces() .. '_'
+
+	function CountSpaces(type = '') abort
+	  if a:type == ''
+	    set opfunc=CountSpaces
+	    return 'g@'
+ 	  endif
 
-	function! CountSpaces(type, ...)
 	  let sel_save = &selection
-	  let &selection = "inclusive"
-	  let reg_save = @@
+	  let reg_save = getreginfo('"')
+	  let cb_save = &clipboard
+	  let visual_marks_save = [getpos("'<"), getpos("'>")]
 
-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
-	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
-	  elseif a:type == 'line'
-	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  else
-	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
-	  endif
-
-	  echomsg strlen(substitute(@@, '[^ ]', '', 'g'))
-
-	  let &selection = sel_save
-	  let @@ = reg_save
+	  try
+	    set clipboard= selection=inclusive
+	    let commands = #{line: "'[V']y", char: "`[v`]y", block: "`[\<c-v>`]y"}
+	    silent exe 'noautocmd keepjumps normal! ' .. get(commands, a:type, '')
+	    echom getreg('"')->count(' ')
+	  finally
+	    call setreg('"', reg_save)
+	    call setpos("'<", visual_marks_save[0])
+	    call setpos("'>", visual_marks_save[1])
+	    let &clipboard = cb_save
+	    let &selection = sel_save
+	  endtry
 	endfunction
 
+An <expr> mapping is used to be able to fetch any prefixed count and register.
+This also avoids using a command line, which would trigger CmdlineEnter and
+CmdlineLeave autocommands.
+
 Note that the 'selection' option is temporarily set to "inclusive" to be able
 to yank exactly the right text by using Visual mode from the '[ to the ']
 mark.
 
-Also note that there is a separate mapping for Visual mode.  It removes the
-"'<,'>" range that ":" inserts in Visual mode and invokes the function with
-visualmode() and an extra argument.
+Also note that the 'clipboard' option is temporarily emptied to avoid
+clobbering the `"*` or `"+` registers, if its value contains the item `unnamed`
+or `unnamedplus`.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Abbreviations			*abbreviations* *Abbreviations*
@@ -1167,6 +1230,10 @@ When executing an autocommand or a user command, it will run in the context of
 the script it was defined in.  This makes it possible that the command calls a
 local function or uses a local mapping.
 
+In case the value is used in a context where <SID> cannot be correctly
+expanded, use the expand() function: >
+	let &includexpr = expand('<SID>') .. 'My_includeexpr()'
+
 Otherwise, using "<SID>" outside of a script context is an error.
 
 If you need to get the script number to use in a complicated script, you can
@@ -1491,7 +1558,7 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
-						*<mods>* *:command-modifiers*
+					*<mods>* *<q-mods>* *:command-modifiers*
 	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
 		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
 		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ characters or boxes when using another encoding.
 This is a summary of the multibyte features in Vim.  If you are lucky it works
 as described and you can start using Vim without much trouble.  If something
 doesn't work you will have to read the rest.  Don't be surprised if it takes
-quite a bit of work and experimenting to make Vim use all the multi-byte
+quite a bit of work and experimenting to make Vim use all the multibyte
 features.  Unfortunately, every system has its own way to deal with multibyte
 languages and it is quite complicated.
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ You can also set 'guifont' alone, Vim will try to find a matching
 
 INPUT
 
-There are several ways to enter multi-byte characters:
+There are several ways to enter multibyte characters:
 - For X11 XIM can be used.  See |XIM|.
 - For MS-Windows IME can be used.  See |IME|.
 - For all systems keymaps can be used.  See |mbyte-keymap|.
@@ -237,11 +237,11 @@ encoded with one byte, we call this a single-byte encoding.  The most often
 used one is called "latin1".  This limits the number of characters to 256.
 Some of these are control characters, thus even fewer can be used for text.
 
-When some characters use two or more bytes, we call this a multi-byte
+When some characters use two or more bytes, we call this a multibyte
 encoding.  This allows using much more than 256 characters, which is required
 for most East Asian languages.
 
-Most multi-byte encodings use one byte for the first 127 characters.  These
+Most multibyte encodings use one byte for the first 127 characters.  These
 are equal to ASCII, which makes it easy to exchange plain-ASCII text, no
 matter what language is used.  Thus you might see the right text even when the
 encoding was set wrong.
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ possible.
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a terminal					*mbyte-terminal*
 
-The GUI fully supports multi-byte characters.  It is also possible in a
+The GUI fully supports multibyte characters.  It is also possible in a
 terminal, if the terminal supports the same encoding that Vim uses.  Thus this
 is less flexible.
 
-For example, you can run Vim in a xterm with added multi-byte support and/or
+For example, you can run Vim in a xterm with added multibyte support and/or
 |XIM|.  Examples are kterm (Kanji term) and hanterm (for Korean), Eterm
 (Enlightened terminal) and rxvt.
 
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ For Vim you may need to set 'encoding' to "utf-8".
 5.  Fonts on X11					*mbyte-fonts-X11*
 
 Unfortunately, using fonts in X11 is complicated.  The name of a single-byte
-font is a long string.  For multi-byte fonts we need several of these...
+font is a long string.  For multibyte fonts we need several of these...
 
 Note: Most of this is no longer relevant for GTK+ 2.  Selecting a font via
 its XLFD is not supported; see 'guifont' for an example of how to
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ written like:
 
 X FONTSET
 						*fontset* *xfontset*
-A single-byte charset is typically associated with one font.  For multi-byte
+A single-byte charset is typically associated with one font.  For multibyte
 charsets a combination of fonts is often used.  This means that one group of
 characters are used from one font and another group from another font (which
 might be double wide).  This collection of fonts is called a fontset.
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ not everybody is able to type a composing character.
 ==============================================================================
 12. Overview of options					*mbyte-options*
 
-These options are relevant for editing multi-byte files.  Check the help in
+These options are relevant for editing multibyte files.  Check the help in
 options.txt for detailed information.
 
 'encoding'	Encoding used for the keyboard and display.  It is also the
@@ -1456,14 +1456,14 @@ options.txt for detailed information.
 		languages where a sequence of characters can be broken
 		anywhere.
 
-'guifontset'	The list of font names used for a multi-byte encoding.  When
+'guifontset'	The list of font names used for a multibyte encoding.  When
 		this option is not empty, it replaces 'guifont'.
 
 'keymap'	Specify the name of a keyboard mapping.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-Contributions specifically for the multi-byte features by:
+Contributions specifically for the multibyte features by:
 	Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
 	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
 	K.Nagano <nagano@atese.advantest.co.jp>

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,13 +19,14 @@ The ":messages" command can be used to view previously given messages.  This
 is especially useful when messages have been overwritten or truncated.  This
 depends on the 'shortmess' option.
 
-	:messages		Show all messages.
+	:mes[sages]		Show all messages.
 
-	:{count}messages	Show the {count} most recent messages.
+	:{count}mes[sages]	Show the {count} most recent messages.
 
-	:messages clear		Clear all messages.
+	:mes[sages] clear	Clear all messages.
 
-	:{count}messages clear	Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
+	:{count}mes[sages] clear
+				Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
 				recent ones.
 
 The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
@@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 
 
 LIST OF MESSAGES
-			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
+			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
 			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
   Add to read buffer

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 16
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 Multi-language features				*multilang* *multi-lang*
 
 This is about using messages and menus in various languages.  For editing
-multi-byte text see |multibyte|.
+multibyte text see |multibyte|.
 
 The basics are explained in the user manual: |usr_45.txt|.
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -190,11 +190,14 @@ l		or					*l*
 
 							*^*
 ^			To the first non-blank character of the line.
-			|exclusive| motion.
+			|exclusive| motion.  Any count is ignored.
 
 							*$* *<End>* *<kEnd>*
 $  or <End>		To the end of the line.  When a count is given also go
-			[count - 1] lines downward. |inclusive| motion.
+			[count - 1] lines downward, or as far is possible.
+			|inclusive| motion.  If a count of 2 of larger is
+			given and the cursor is on the last line, that is an
+			error an the cursor doesn't move.
 			In Visual mode the cursor goes to just after the last
 			character in the line.
 			When 'virtualedit' is active, "$" may move the cursor
@@ -495,10 +498,11 @@ a set of section macros, specified by the pairs of characters in the
 'sections' option.  The default is "SHNHH HUnhsh", which defines a section to
 start at the nroff macros ".SH", ".NH", ".H", ".HU", ".nh" and ".sh".
 
-The "]" and "[" commands stop at the '{' or '}' in the first column.  This is
-useful to find the start or end of a function in a C program.  Note that the
-first character of the command determines the search direction and the
-second character the type of brace found.
+The "]]" and "[[" commands stop at the '{' in the first column.  This is
+useful to find the start of a function in a C program.  To search for a '}' in
+the first column, the end of a C function, use "][" (forward) or "[]"
+(backward).  Note that the first character of the command determines the
+search direction.
 
 If your '{' or '}' are not in the first column, and you would like to use "[["
 and "]]" anyway, try these mappings: >
@@ -1142,7 +1146,7 @@ sequence of small changes in a line, for example "xxxxx", adds many positions
 to the change list.  When 'textwidth' is zero 'wrapmargin' is used.  When that
 also isn't set a fixed number of 79 is used.  Detail: For the computations
 bytes are used, not characters, to avoid a speed penalty (this only matters
-for multi-byte encodings).
+for multibyte encodings).
 
 Note that when text has been inserted or deleted the cursor position might be
 a bit different from the position of the change.  Especially when lines have

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ color		Argument with either a decimal number, "none" (without the
 offset		A number argument that indicates a byte position in a buffer.
 		The first byte has offset zero.  Line breaks are counted for
 		how they appear in the file (CR/LF counts for two bytes).
-		Note that a multi-byte character is counted for the number of
+		Note that a multibyte character is counted for the number of
 		bytes it takes.
 
 lnum/col	Argument with a line number and column number position.  The
 		line number starts with one, the column is the byte position,
-		starting with zero.  Note that a multi-byte character counts
+		starting with zero.  Note that a multibyte character counts
 		for several columns.
 
 pathname	String argument: file name with full path.
@@ -562,9 +562,10 @@ setModtime time
 		saved directly by the Vim Controller.
 		New in version 2.3.
 
-setReadOnly
-		Set a file as readonly
-		Implemented in version 2.3.
+setReadOnly readonly
+		When the boolean argument "readonly" is "T" for True, mark the
+		buffer as readonly, when it is "F" for False, mark it as not
+		readonly.  Implemented in version 2.3.
 
 setStyle	Not implemented.
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 18
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -703,6 +703,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The value "double" cannot be used if 'listchars' or 'fillchars'
 	contains a character that would be double width.
 
+	The values are overruled for characters specified with
+	|setcellwidths()|.
+
 	There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
 	those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
 	legacy/traditional CJK encodings.  In those encodings, Euro,
@@ -727,8 +730,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled
-			on Mac OS X}
-	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on Mac OS X
+			on macOS}
+	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on macOS
 	v10.2 or later.  When on, Vim will use smooth ("antialiased") fonts,
 	which can be easier to read at certain sizes on certain displays.
 	Setting this option can sometimes cause problems if 'guifont' is set
@@ -2551,7 +2554,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"x" delete each combining character on its own.  When it is off (the
 	default) the character along with its combining characters are
 	deleted.
-	Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work different from "2x"!
+	Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work differently from "2x"!
 
 	This is useful for Arabic, Hebrew and many other languages where one
 	may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
@@ -2715,6 +2718,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
+	Recommended value:  ".,~/vimswap//" - this will put the swap file next
+	to the edited file if possible, and in your personal swap directory
+	otherwise.  Make sure "~/vimswap//" is only readable for you.
+
+	Possible items:
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
@@ -2728,8 +2736,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
-	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
-	  ensure file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
+	  with all path separators replaced by percent '%' signs (including
+	  the colon following the drive letter on Win32). This will ensure
+	  file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
 	  On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
 	  separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
 	  include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
@@ -2749,9 +2758,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the same file twice will result in a warning.  Using "/tmp" on Unix is
 	discouraged: When the system crashes you lose the swap file.
 	"/var/tmp" is often not cleared when rebooting, thus is a better
-	choice than "/tmp".  But it can contain a lot of files, your swap
-	files get lost in the crowd.  That is why a "tmp" directory in your
-	home directory is tried first.
+	choice than "/tmp".  But others on the computer may be able to see the
+	files, and it can contain a lot of files, your swap files get lost in
+	the crowd.  That is why a "tmp" directory in your home directory is
+	tried first.
 	The use of |:set+=| and |:set-=| is preferred when adding or removing
 	directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
 	uses another default.
@@ -2796,7 +2806,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
 	When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
-
+	This excludes "text emoji" characters, which are normally displayed as
+	single width.  Unfortunately there is no good specification for this
+	and it has been determined on trial-and-error basis.  Use the
+	|setcellwidths()| function to change the behavior.
 
 					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
 'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "latin1" or value from $LANG)
@@ -2826,7 +2839,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This is specified with 'fileencoding'.  The conversion is done with
 	iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
 
-	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multi-byte encoding, you
+	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multibyte encoding, you
 	can use: >
 		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
 <
@@ -4540,7 +4553,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and Macintosh:
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and macOS:
 				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
@@ -4669,7 +4682,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    characters.  Example: "abc;ABC"
 	Example: "aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE"
 	Special characters need to be preceded with a backslash.  These are
-	";", ',' and backslash itself.
+	";", ',', '"', '|' and backslash itself.
 
 	This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
 	back and forth between the languages.  Your language characters will
@@ -4917,18 +4930,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'macatsui'* *'nomacatsui'*
 'macatsui'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only available in Mac GUI version}
-	This is a workaround for when drawing doesn't work properly.  When set
-	and compiled with multi-byte support ATSUI text drawing is used.  When
-	not set ATSUI text drawing is not used.  Switch this option off when
-	you experience drawing problems.  In a future version the problems may
-	be solved and this option becomes obsolete.  Therefore use this method
-	to unset it: >
-		if exists('&macatsui')
-		   set nomacatsui
-		endif
-<	Another option to check if you have drawing problems is
-	'termencoding'.
+			{not supported}
+	No longer supported, as the Mac OS X GUI code was removed.
 
 						*'magic'* *'nomagic'*
 'magic'			boolean	(default on)
@@ -6191,7 +6194,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.  If the statusline is given by 'statusline' (i.e. not empty),
 	this option takes precedence over 'ruler' and 'rulerformat'
 	If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
-	bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multi-byte character), both
+	bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multibyte character), both
 	the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
 	separated with a dash.
 	For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
@@ -6234,7 +6237,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						$HOME/vimfiles/after"
-					Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles,
+					macOS: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
 					Haiku: "$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim,
@@ -6564,7 +6567,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
 	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
 	the screen.
-	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
+	For Unix the default is "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
 	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
@@ -7222,7 +7225,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
 	  %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
 	All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can
-	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *E541*
+	be given as "%%".
 
 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
@@ -7288,8 +7291,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	N N   Printer page number.  (Only works in the 'printheader' option.)
 	l N   Line number.
 	L N   Number of lines in buffer.
-	c N   Column number.
-	v N   Virtual column number.
+	c N   Column number (byte index).
+	v N   Virtual column number (screen column).
 	V N   Virtual column number as -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
 	p N   Percentage through file in lines as in |CTRL-G|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
@@ -7738,14 +7741,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For further details see |arabic.txt|.
 
 					*'termencoding'* *'tenc'*
-'termencoding' 'tenc'	string	(default ""; with GTK+ GUI: "utf-8"; with
-						    Macintosh GUI: "macroman")
+'termencoding' 'tenc'	string	(default ""; with GTK+ GUI: "utf-8")
 			global
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
-	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
-	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
+	display).
 								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
@@ -7810,8 +7811,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'termwinsize'* *'tws'*
 'termwinsize' 'tws'	string	(default "")
 			local to window
-	Size of the |terminal| window.  Format: {rows}x{columns} or
-	{rows}*{columns}.
+	Size used when opening the |terminal| window.  Format:
+		{rows}x{columns} or {rows}*{columns}.
 	- When empty the terminal gets the size from the window.
 	- When set with a "x" (e.g., "24x80") the terminal size is not
 	  adjusted to the window size.  If the window is smaller only the
@@ -7822,6 +7823,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- When rows is zero then use the height of the window.
 	- When columns is zero then use the width of the window.
 	- Using "0x0" or "0*0" is the same as empty.
+	- Can be overruled in the |term_start()| options with "term_rows" and
+	  "term_cols".
 
 	Examples:
 	  "30x0" uses 30 rows and the current window width.
@@ -8368,7 +8371,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	>= 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
 	>= 15	Every executed Ex command from a script (truncated at 200
 		characters).
-	>= 16	Every executed Ex command
+	>= 16	Every executed Ex command.
 
 	This option can also be set with the "-V" argument.  See |-V|.
 	This option is also set by the |:verbose| command.
@@ -8391,7 +8394,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga and Win32:
 							 "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 				 for Unix: "~/.vim/view",
-				 for Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
+				 for macOS: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
 				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
@@ -8907,7 +8910,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |terminal|
 			feature on MS-Windows}
 	Specifies the name of the winpty shared library, used for the
-	|:terminal| command. The default depends on whether was build as a
+	|:terminal| command. The default depends on whether Vim was built as a
 	32-bit or 64-bit executable.  If not found, "winpty.dll" is tried as
 	a fallback.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
 semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
 part of the job.  For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt
 
-MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
+MMS_VIM.EXE is built together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
 change to a subdirectory and build it separately.
 
 CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -797,11 +797,12 @@ An ordinary atom can be:
 	^beep(		the start of the C function "beep" (probably).
 
 							*/\^*
-\^	Matches literal '^'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern.
+\^	Matches literal '^'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern, but
+	not inside [].
 
 							*/\_^*
 \_^	Matches start-of-line. |/zero-width|  Can be used at any position in
-	the pattern.
+	the pattern, but not inside [].
 	Example		matches ~
 	\_s*\_^foo	white space and blank lines and then "foo" at
 			start-of-line
@@ -812,12 +813,13 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	|/zero-width|
 
 							*/\$*
-\$	Matches literal '$'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern.
+\$	Matches literal '$'.  Can be used at any position in the pattern, but
+	not inside [].
 
 							*/\_$*
 \_$	Matches end-of-line. |/zero-width|  Can be used at any position in the
-	pattern.  Note that "a\_$b" never matches, since "b" cannot match an
-	end-of-line.  Use "a\nb" instead |/\n|.
+	pattern, but not inside [].  Note that "a\_$b" never matches, since
+	"b" cannot match an end-of-line.  Use "a\nb" instead |/\n|.
 	Example		matches ~
 	foo\_$\_s*	"foo" at end-of-line and following white space and
 			blank lines
@@ -840,8 +842,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	|/zero-width|
 
 							*/\zs*
-\zs	Matches at any position, and sets the start of the match there: The
-	next char is the first char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
+\zs	Matches at any position, but not inside [], and sets the start of the
+	match there: The next char is the first char of the whole match.
+	|/zero-width|
 	Example: >
 		/^\s*\zsif
 <	matches an "if" at the start of a line, ignoring white space.
@@ -852,8 +855,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
 	{not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 							*/\ze*
-\ze	Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
-	previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width|
+\ze	Matches at any position, but not inside [], and sets the end of the
+	match there: The previous char is the last char of the whole match.
+	|/zero-width|
 	Can be used multiple times, the last one encountered in a matching
 	branch is used.
 	Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
@@ -939,7 +943,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or
 	string.  The "23" can be any column number.  The first column is 1.
 	Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right
-	for multi-byte characters).
+	for multibyte characters).
 	WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically
 	update the matches.  This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes
 	wrong.
@@ -994,7 +998,7 @@ Character classes:
 \p	printable character (see 'isprint' option)	*/\p*
 \P	like "\p", but excluding digits			*/\P*
 
-NOTE: the above also work for multi-byte characters.  The ones below only
+NOTE: the above also work for multibyte characters.  The ones below only
 match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 
 						*whitespace* *white-space*
@@ -1131,9 +1135,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
-	  [:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
+	  [:upper:] also work for multibyte characters when using the new
 	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
-	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
+	  work for multibyte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
 	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
 
 	  The "Func" column shows what library function is used.  The
@@ -1257,8 +1261,8 @@ When working with expression evaluation, a <NL> character in the pattern
 matches a <NL> in the string.  The use of "\n" (backslash n) to match a <NL>
 doesn't work there, it only works to match text in the buffer.
 
-						*pattern-multi-byte*
-Patterns will also work with multi-byte characters, mostly as you would
+				*pattern-multi-byte* *pattern-multibyte*
+Patterns will also work with multibyte characters, mostly as you would
 expect.  But invalid bytes may cause trouble, a pattern with an invalid byte
 will probably never match.
 

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 14
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 19
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -437,9 +437,13 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
   *g:netrw_silent*	=0 : transfers done normally
 			=1 : transfers done silently
 
- *g:netrw_use_errorwindow* =1 : messages from netrw will use a separate one
+ *g:netrw_use_errorwindow* =2: messages from netrw will use a popup window
+			     Move the mouse and pause to remove the popup window.
+			     (default value if popup windows are availble)
+			 =1 : messages from netrw will use a separate one
 			      line window.  This window provides reliable
-			      delivery of messages. (default)
+			      delivery of messages.
+			     (default value if popup windows are not availble)
 			 =0 : messages from netrw will use echoerr ;
 			      messages don't always seem to show up this
 			      way, but one doesn't have to quit the window.
@@ -725,6 +729,8 @@ just as easily as if they were local files! >
 See |netrw-activate| for more on how to encourage your vim to use plugins
 such as netrw.
 
+For password-free use of scp:, see |netrw-ssh-hack|.
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Ex Commands						*netrw-ex* {{{1
@@ -1063,7 +1069,7 @@ QUICK HELP						*netrw-quickhelp* {{{2
 	  Reverse sorting order.........................|netrw-r|
 
 
-				*netrw-quickmap* *netrw-quickmaps*
+				*netrw-quickmap*  *netrw-quickmaps*
 QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 >
 	  ---			-----------------			----
@@ -1080,7 +1086,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   a	Cycles between normal display,                       |netrw-a|
 	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
 	    	and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
-	   c	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-c|
+	   cd	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-cd|
 	   C	Setting the editing window                           |netrw-C|
 	   d	Make a directory                                     |netrw-d|
 	   D	Attempt to remove the file(s)/directory(ies)         |netrw-D|
@@ -2098,7 +2104,7 @@ the two directories the same, use the "cd" map (type cd).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.
 
-*netrw-c* : This map's name has been changed from "c" to cd (see |netrw-cd|).
+|netrw-cd|: This map's name was changed from "c" to cd (see |netrw-cd|).
           This change was done to allow for |netrw-cb| and |netrw-cB| maps.
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_keepdir|
@@ -2753,7 +2759,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				=0 keep the current directory the same as the
 				   browsing directory.
 				The current browsing directory is contained in
-				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-c|)
+				b:netrw_curdir (also see |netrw-cd|)
 
   *g:netrw_keepj*		="keepj" (default) netrw attempts to keep the
 				         |:jumps| table unaffected.
@@ -3124,7 +3130,8 @@ a file using the local browser (by putting the cursor on it) and pressing
 
 Related topics:
  * To see what the current directory is, use |:pwd|
- * To make the currently browsed directory the current directory, see |netrw-c|
+ * To make the currently browsed directory the current directory, see
+   |netrw-cd|
  * To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
    directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.
 
@@ -3799,9 +3806,15 @@ netrw:
 	   or
 	     http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=120
 
-	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.
+	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.  You
+	  should edit the Decho.vba.gz file and source it in: >
 
-	2. Edit the <netrw.vim> file by typing: >
+	  	vim Decho.vba.gz
+		:so %
+		:q
+<
+	2. To turn on debug tracing in netrw, then edit the <netrw.vim>
+	   file by typing: >
 
 		vim netrw.vim
 		:DechoOn
@@ -3823,14 +3836,34 @@ netrw:
 	   read/write your file over the network in a separate tab or
 	   server vim window.
 
-	   To save the file, use >
+	   Change the netrw.vimrc file to include the Decho plugin: >
+
+		set nocp
+		so $HOME/.vim/plugin/Decho.vim
+		so $HOME/.vim/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
+<
+	   You should continue to run vim with >
+
+		vim -u netrw.vimrc --noplugins -i NONE [some path here]
+<
+	   to avoid entanglements with options and other plugins.
+
+	   To save the file: under linux, the output will be in a separate
+	   remote server window; in it, just save the file with >
+
+	   	:w! DBG
+
+<	   Under a vim that doesn't support clientserver, your debugging
+	   output will appear in another tab: >
 
 		:tabnext
 		:set bt=
 		:w! DBG
+<
+	   Furthermore, it'd be helpful if you would type >
 
-<	   Furthermore, it'd be helpful if you would type >
 		:Dsep <command>
+
 <	   where <command> is the command you're about to type next,
 	   thereby making it easier to associate which part of the
 	   debugging trace is due to which command.
@@ -3838,17 +3871,34 @@ netrw:
 	   Please send that information to <netrw.vim>'s maintainer along
 	   with the o/s you're using and the vim version that you're using
 	   (see |:version|)  (remove the embedded NOSPAM first) >
+
 		NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM
 <
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v170:	Mar 11, 2020	* (reported by Reiner Herrmann) netrw+tree
+				  would not hide with the ^\..* pattern
+				  correctly.
+				* (Marcin Szamotulski) NetrwOptionRestore
+				  did not restore options correctly that
+				  had a single quote in the option string.
+		Apr 13, 2020	* implemented error handling via popup
+				  windows (see |popup_beval()|)
+		Apr 30, 2020	* (reported by Manatsu Takahashi) while
+				  using Lexplore, a modified file could
+				  be overwritten.  Sol'n: will not overwrite,
+				  but will emit an |E37| (although one cannot
+				  add an ! to override)
+		Jun 07, 2020	* (reported by Jo Totland) repeatedly invoking
+				  :Lexplore and quitting it left unused
+				  hidden buffers.  Netrw will now set netrw
+				  buffers created by :Lexplore to |bh|=wipe.
 	v169:	Dec 20, 2019	* (reported by amkarthik) that netrw's x
 				  (|netrw-x|) would throw an error when
 				  attempting to open a local directory.
 	v168:	Dec 12, 2019	* scp timeout error message not reported,
 				  hopefully now fixed (Shane Xb Qian)
-
 	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
 				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
 				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
@@ -4306,4 +4356,4 @@ netrw:
 
 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    v1 Sep 15, 2005 * Initial release, had browsing, reading, and writing
 
 ==============================================================================
-vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:fdm=marker
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:noet:norl:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 18
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ wrapping, lines in the buffer.  It can be limited with the "maxheight"
 property.  You can use empty lines to increase the height or the "minheight"
 property.
 
-The width of the window is normally equal to the longest line in the buffer.
-It can be limited with the "maxwidth" property.  You can use spaces to
-increase the width or use the "minwidth" property.
+The width of the window is normally equal to the longest visible line in the
+buffer.  It can be limited with the "maxwidth" property.  You can use spaces
+to increase the width or use the "minwidth" property.
 
 By default the 'wrap' option is set, so that no text disappears.  Otherwise,
 if there is not enough space then the window is shifted left in order to
@@ -314,6 +314,7 @@ popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		    <Space> <Enter>	accept current selection
 		    x Esc CTRL-C	cancel the menu
 		Other keys are ignored.
+		Always returns |v:true|.
 
 		A match is set on that line to highlight it, see
 		|popup_menu()|.
@@ -711,7 +712,7 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			By default a double line is used all around when
 			'encoding' is "utf-8" and 'ambiwidth' is "single",
 			otherwise ASCII characters are used.
-	scrollbar	non-zero: show a scrollbar when the text doesn't fit.
+	scrollbar	1 or true: show a scrollbar when the text doesn't fit.
 			zero: do not show a scrollbar.  Default is non-zero.
 			Also see |popup-scrollbar|.
 	scrollbarhighlight  Highlight group name for the scrollbar. The
@@ -910,11 +911,22 @@ A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates can be obtained with
 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.
 
+Keys coming from a `:normal` command do not pass through the filter.  This can
+be used to move the cursor in a popup where the "cursorline" option is set: >
+	call win_execute(winid, 'normal! 10Gzz')
+Keys coming from `feedkeys()` are passed through the filter.
+
 Note that "x" is the normal way to close a popup.  You may want to use Esc,
 but since many keys start with an Esc character, there may be a delay before
 Vim recognizes the Esc key.  If you do use Esc, it is recommended to set the
 'ttimeoutlen' option to 100 and set 'timeout' and/or 'ttimeout'.
 
+							*popup-filter-errors*
+If the filter function can't be called, e.g. because the name is wrong, then
+the popup is closed.  If the filter causes an error then it is assumed to
+return zero.  If this happens three times in a row the popup is closed.  If
+the popup gives errors fewer than 10% of the calls then it won't be closed.
+
 
 POPUP CALLBACK						*popup-callback*
 

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use
 encoding file.  If Vim is unable to find a character encoding file then it
 will use the "latin1" print character encoding file.
 
-When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert
+When 'encoding' is set to a multibyte encoding, Vim will try to convert
 characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty
 then the conversion will be to latin1).  Conversion to a printing encoding
 other than latin1 will require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv| feature.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Japanese text you would do the following; >
 	:set printmbcharset=JIS_X_1983
 
 If 'printmbcharset' is not one of the above values then it is assumed to
-specify a custom multi-byte character set and no check will be made that it is
+specify a custom multibyte character set and no check will be made that it is
 compatible with the value for 'printencoding'.  Vim will look for a file
 defining the character set in the "print" directory in 'runtimepath'.
 
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ printing of characters in the ASCII code range.
   a:yes			Use ASCII character set for codes in the ASCII
   a:no (default)	code range.
 
-The following is an example of specifying two multi-byte fonts, one for normal
+The following is an example of specifying two multibyte fonts, one for normal
 and italic printing and one for bold and bold-italic printing, and using
 Courier to print codes in the ASCII code range but using the national
 character set: >
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ There are currently a number of limitations with PostScript printing:
   possible to get all the characters in an encoding to print by installing a
   new version of the Courier font family.
 
-- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multi-byte characters
+- Multi-byte support - Currently Vim will try to convert multibyte characters
   to the 8-bit encoding specified by 'printencoding' (or latin1 if it is
   empty).  Any characters that are not successfully converted are shown as
-  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multi-byte
+  unknown characters.  Printing will fail if Vim cannot convert the multibyte
   to the 8-bit encoding.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ print ASCII text using the national character set you may see some unexpected
 characters.  If you want true ASCII code printing then you need to configure
 Vim to output ASCII characters for the ASCII code range with 'printmbfont'.
 
-It is possible to define your own multi-byte character set although this
+It is possible to define your own multibyte character set although this
 should not be attempted lightly.  A discussion on the process if beyond the
 scope of these help files.  You can find details on CMap (character map) files
 in the document 'Adobe CMap and CIDFont Files Specification, Version 1.0',

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ special problem here is that it doesn't print information on leaving the
 directory and that it doesn't print the absolute path.
 
 To solve the problem with relative paths and missing "leave directory"
-messages Vim uses following algorithm:
+messages Vim uses the following algorithm:
 
 1) Check if the given directory is a subdirectory of the current directory.
    If this is true, store it as the current directory.
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ list window is:
 The values displayed in each line correspond to the "bufnr", "lnum", "col" and
 "text" fields returned by the |getqflist()| function.
 
-For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text need to be customized.
+For some quickfix/location lists, the displayed text needs to be customized.
 For example, if only the filename is present for a quickfix entry, then the
 two "|" field separator characters after the filename are not needed.  Another
 use case is to customize the path displayed for a filename. By default, the

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 10
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'eventignore'	  'ei'	    autocommand events that are ignored
 'expandtab'	  'et'	    use spaces when <Tab> is inserted
 'exrc'		  'ex'	    read .vimrc and .exrc in the current directory
-'fileencoding'	  'fenc'    file encoding for multi-byte text
+'fileencoding'	  'fenc'    file encoding for multibyte text
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'grepprg'	  'gp'	    program to use for ":grep"
 'guicursor'	  'gcr'     GUI: settings for cursor shape and blinking
 'guifont'	  'gfn'     GUI: Name(s) of font(s) to be used
-'guifontset'	  'gfs'     GUI: Names of multi-byte fonts to be used
+'guifontset'	  'gfs'     GUI: Names of multibyte fonts to be used
 'guifontwide'	  'gfw'     list of font names for double-wide characters
 'guiheadroom'	  'ghr'     GUI: pixels room for window decorations
 'guioptions'	  'go'	    GUI: Which components and options are used

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 09
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ Disadvantages:
   directories (although Vim tries to avoid that by comparing the path name).
   This will result in bogus ATTENTION warning messages.
 - When you use your home directory, and somebody else tries to edit the same
-  file, he will not see your swap file and will not get the ATTENTION warning
-  message.
+  file, that user will not see your swap file and will not get the ATTENTION
+  warning message.
 On the Amiga you can also use a recoverable ram disk, but there is no 100%
 guarantee that this works.  Putting swap files in a normal ram disk (like RAM:
 on the Amiga) or in a place that is cleared when rebooting (like /tmp on Unix)

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ name on the 'VimRegistry' property on the root window.
 
 A non GUI Vim with access to the X11 display (|xterm-clipboard| enabled), can
 also act as a command server if a server name is explicitly given with the
---servername argument, or when Vim was build with the |+autoservername|
+--servername argument, or when Vim was built with the |+autoservername|
 feature.
 
 An empty --servername argument will cause the command server to be disabled.

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 14
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,6 +271,9 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  This is
 			useful in your .vimrc.  The plugins will then be
 			loaded during initialization, see |load-plugins|.
+			Note that for ftdetect scripts to be loaded
+			you will need to write `filetype plugin indent on`
+			AFTER all `packadd!` commands.
 
 			Also see |pack-add|.
 			{only available when compiled with |+eval|}
@@ -643,7 +646,7 @@ This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
 
 If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
 users can choose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
-package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
+package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the preferred ones with
 `:packadd`.
 
 Decide how you want to distribute the package.  You can create an archive or
@@ -679,7 +682,7 @@ You could add this packadd command in one of your plugins, to be executed when
 the optional plugin is needed.
 
 Run the `:helptags` command to generate the doc/tags file.  Including this
-generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in his
+generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in the
 pack directory and the help command works right away.  Don't forget to re-run
 the command after changing the plugin help: >
 	:helptags path/start/foobar/doc

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -81,10 +81,18 @@ on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
 independently of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
 priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign.
 
+When two signs with the same priority are present, and one has an icon or text
+in the signcolumn while the other has line highlighting, then both are
+displayed.
+
 When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the
 next line (or the last line of the buffer, if there is no next line).  When
 the delete is undone the sign does not move back.
 
+When a sign with line highlighting and 'cursorline' highlighting are both
+present, if the priority is 100 or more then the sign highlighting takes
+precedence, otherwise the 'cursorline' highlighting.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands					*sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign*
 
@@ -454,11 +462,11 @@ sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 				entries
 
 		The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
-			group	sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
-			id	identifier of the sign
-			lnum	line number where the sign is placed
-			name	name of the defined sign
-			priority	sign priority
+			group	 sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+			id	 identifier of the sign
+			lnum	 line number where the sign is placed
+			name	 name of the defined sign
+			priority sign priority
 
 		The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
 		number and priority.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 10
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ time ":mkspell" is used.  Vim will then convert everything to 'encoding' and
 generate a spell file for 'encoding'.  If some of the used characters to not
 fit in 'encoding' you will get an error message.
 							*spell-affix-mbyte*
-When using a multi-byte encoding it's possible to use more different affix
+When using a multibyte encoding it's possible to use more different affix
 flags.  But Myspell doesn't support that, thus you may not want to use it
 anyway.  For compatibility use an 8-bit encoding.
 
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ are spelling mistakes this may not be quite right.
 Common words can be specified with the COMMON item.  This will give better
 suggestions when editing a short file.  Example:
 
-	COMMON  the of to and a in is it you that he was for on are ~
+	COMMON  the of to and a in is it you that he she was for on are ~
 
 The words must be separated by white space, up to 25 per line.
 When multiple regions are specified in a ":mkspell" command the common words

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 04
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -513,6 +513,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		  'nocompatible': use Vim defaults
 		- no |gvimrc| script is loaded
 		- no viminfo file is read or written
+		Note that a following "-u" argument overrules the effect of
+		"-u DEFAULTS".
 
 							*-x*
 -x		Use encryption to read/write files.  Will prompt for a key,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 08
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -3648,7 +3648,7 @@ DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
 	start:		Use level of item containing start of line.
 	minimum:	Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
 
-	The default is 'start'.  Use 'minimum' to search a line horizontally
+	The default is "start".  Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
 	for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
 	higher level.  This produces more natural folds when syntax items
 	may close and open horizontally within a line.
@@ -3795,9 +3795,9 @@ DEFINING REGIONS	*:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
 		[keepend]
 		[extend]
 		[excludenl]
-		start={start_pattern} ..
-		[skip={skip_pattern}]
-		end={end_pattern} ..
+		start={start-pattern} ..
+		[skip={skip-pattern}]
+		end={end-pattern} ..
 		[{options}]
 
 	This defines one region.  It may span several lines.
@@ -3819,12 +3819,12 @@ DEFINING REGIONS	*:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
 				extend a containing match or item.  Only
 				useful for end patterns.  Must be given before
 				the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
-	start={start_pattern}	The search pattern that defines the start of
+	start={start-pattern}	The search pattern that defines the start of
 				the region.  See |:syn-pattern| below.
-	skip={skip_pattern}	The search pattern that defines text inside
+	skip={skip-pattern}	The search pattern that defines text inside
 				the region where not to look for the end
 				pattern.  See |:syn-pattern| below.
-	end={end_pattern}	The search pattern that defines the end of
+	end={end-pattern}	The search pattern that defines the end of
 				the region.  See |:syn-pattern| below.
 
 	Example: >
@@ -4348,7 +4348,7 @@ Notes:
 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
   pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
 - Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
-  This didn't work well for multi-byte characters, so it was changed with the
+  This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
   Vim 7.2 release.
 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
   matched.  This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e.  You can make the highlighting
@@ -4809,6 +4809,7 @@ in their own color.
 			highlighting for groups added by the user!
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
 			default colors to use.
+			If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
 
 :hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
 :hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 06
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ something else.
 		    :tabclose +	    " close the next tab page
 		    :tabclose 3	    " close the third tab page
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page
+		    :tabclose #     " close the last accessed tab page
 <
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
@@ -170,6 +171,8 @@ something else.
 				    " one
 		    :tabonly 1	    " close all tab pages except the first one
 		    :tabonly $	    " close all tab pages except the last one
+		    :tabonly #	    " close all tab pages except the last
+				    " accessed one
 
 
 SWITCHING TO ANOTHER TAB PAGE:
@@ -193,6 +196,7 @@ gt					*i_CTRL-<PageDown>* *i_<C-PageDown>*
 		    :1tabnext	" go to the first tab page
 		    :$tabnext	" go to the last tab page
 		    :tabnext $	" as above
+		    :tabnext #  " go to the last accessed tab page
 		    :tabnext -	" go to the previous tab page
 		    :tabnext -1	" as above
 		    :tabnext +	" go to the next tab page
@@ -221,6 +225,8 @@ gT		Go to the previous tab page.  Wraps around from the first one
 							*:tabl* *:tablast*
 :tabl[ast]	Go to the last tab page.
 
+					*g<Tab>* *CTRL-W_g<Tab>* *<C-Tab>*
+g<Tab>		Go to the last accessed tab page.
 
 Other commands:
 							*:tabs*
@@ -253,6 +259,8 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
 		    :$tabmove	" as above
 		    :tabmove $	" as above
+		    :tabmove #	" move the tab page after the last accessed
+				" tab page
 
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1975,6 +1975,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<cWORD>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cWORD>*
 :<cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cexpr>*
 :<cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cfile>*
+:<client>	cmdline.txt	/*:<client>*
 :<cword>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cword>*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
 :<sflnum>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sflnum>*
@@ -2446,6 +2447,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :filter	various.txt	/*:filter*
 :fin	editing.txt	/*:fin*
 :fina	eval.txt	/*:fina*
+:final	vim9.txt	/*:final*
 :finally	eval.txt	/*:finally*
 :find	editing.txt	/*:find*
 :fini	repeat.txt	/*:fini*
@@ -3160,6 +3162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :sta	windows.txt	/*:sta*
 :stag	windows.txt	/*:stag*
 :star	repeat.txt	/*:star*
+:star-visual-range	cmdline.txt	/*:star-visual-range*
 :start	insert.txt	/*:start*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
@@ -3369,6 +3372,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :up	editing.txt	/*:up*
 :update	editing.txt	/*:update*
 :v	repeat.txt	/*:v*
+:var	vim9.txt	/*:var*
 :ve	various.txt	/*:ve*
 :ver	various.txt	/*:ver*
 :verb	various.txt	/*:verb*
@@ -3497,6 +3501,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
 <C-ScrollWheelRight>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
 <C-ScrollWheelUp>	scroll.txt	/*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
+<C-Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*<C-Tab>*
 <CR>	motion.txt	/*<CR>*
 <CSI>	intro.txt	/*<CSI>*
 <Char->	map.txt	/*<Char->*
@@ -3613,6 +3618,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*<cexpr>*
 <cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<cfile>*
 <character>	intro.txt	/*<character>*
+<client>	cmdline.txt	/*<client>*
 <count>	map.txt	/*<count>*
 <cword>	cmdline.txt	/*<cword>*
 <f-args>	map.txt	/*<f-args>*
@@ -3642,6 +3648,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <mods>	map.txt	/*<mods>*
 <nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
+<q-mods>	map.txt	/*<q-mods>*
 <range>	map.txt	/*<range>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
@@ -3684,6 +3691,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 >where	repeat.txt	/*>where*
 ?	pattern.txt	/*?*
 ?<CR>	pattern.txt	/*?<CR>*
+??	eval.txt	/*??*
 @	repeat.txt	/*@*
 @/	change.txt	/*@\/*
 @:	repeat.txt	/*@:*
@@ -3816,6 +3824,7 @@ CTRL-W_bar	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_bar*
 CTRL-W_c	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_c*
 CTRL-W_d	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-W_d*
 CTRL-W_f	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_f*
+CTRL-W_g<Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*CTRL-W_g<Tab>*
 CTRL-W_gF	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gF*
 CTRL-W_gT	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_gT*
 CTRL-W_g]	windows.txt	/*CTRL-W_g]*
@@ -3892,6 +3901,8 @@ E10	message.txt	/*E10*
 E100	diff.txt	/*E100*
 E101	diff.txt	/*E101*
 E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
+E1023	vim9.txt	/*E1023*
+E1024	vim9.txt	/*E1024*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
 E1042	vim9.txt	/*E1042*
@@ -3904,7 +3915,12 @@ E1092	vim9.txt	/*E1092*
 E1094	vim9.txt	/*E1094*
 E11	cmdline.txt	/*E11*
 E110	eval.txt	/*E110*
+E1109	eval.txt	/*E1109*
 E111	eval.txt	/*E111*
+E1110	eval.txt	/*E1110*
+E1111	eval.txt	/*E1111*
+E1112	eval.txt	/*E1112*
+E1113	eval.txt	/*E1113*
 E112	eval.txt	/*E112*
 E113	eval.txt	/*E113*
 E114	eval.txt	/*E114*
@@ -4062,7 +4078,6 @@ E252	options.txt	/*E252*
 E253	mbyte.txt	/*E253*
 E254	message.txt	/*E254*
 E255	sign.txt	/*E255*
-E256	message.txt	/*E256*
 E257	if_cscop.txt	/*E257*
 E258	remote.txt	/*E258*
 E259	if_cscop.txt	/*E259*
@@ -4363,7 +4378,6 @@ E538	options.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
-E541	options.txt	/*E541*
 E542	options.txt	/*E542*
 E543	options.txt	/*E543*
 E544	options.txt	/*E544*
@@ -4435,6 +4449,7 @@ E607	eval.txt	/*E607*
 E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
+E610	editing.txt	/*E610*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4916,6 +4931,7 @@ InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
 InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
+InsertLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeavePre*
 Integer	eval.txt	/*Integer*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
 Japanese	mbyte.txt	/*Japanese*
@@ -5720,6 +5736,7 @@ char2nr()	eval.txt	/*char2nr()*
 characterwise	motion.txt	/*characterwise*
 characterwise-register	change.txt	/*characterwise-register*
 characterwise-visual	visual.txt	/*characterwise-visual*
+charclass()	eval.txt	/*charclass()*
 charconvert_from-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_from-variable*
 charconvert_to-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_to-variable*
 charity	uganda.txt	/*charity*
@@ -5744,6 +5761,7 @@ cino-J	indent.txt	/*cino-J*
 cino-L	indent.txt	/*cino-L*
 cino-M	indent.txt	/*cino-M*
 cino-N	indent.txt	/*cino-N*
+cino-P	indent.txt	/*cino-P*
 cino-U	indent.txt	/*cino-U*
 cino-W	indent.txt	/*cino-W*
 cino-^	indent.txt	/*cino-^*
@@ -6311,7 +6329,10 @@ extend()	eval.txt	/*extend()*
 extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
+false	vim9.txt	/*false*
 false-variable	eval.txt	/*false-variable*
+falsy	eval.txt	/*falsy*
+falsy-operator	eval.txt	/*falsy-operator*
 faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
@@ -6445,6 +6466,7 @@ ft-asm68k-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asm68k-syntax*
 ft-asmh8300-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asmh8300-syntax*
 ft-aspperl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-aspperl-syntax*
 ft-aspvbs-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-aspvbs-syntax*
+ft-awk-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-awk-plugin*
 ft-bash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-bash-syntax*
 ft-basic-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-basic-syntax*
 ft-c-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-c-omni*
@@ -6862,6 +6884,7 @@ g<End>	motion.txt	/*g<End>*
 g<Home>	motion.txt	/*g<Home>*
 g<LeftMouse>	tagsrch.txt	/*g<LeftMouse>*
 g<RightMouse>	tagsrch.txt	/*g<RightMouse>*
+g<Tab>	tabpage.txt	/*g<Tab>*
 g<Up>	motion.txt	/*g<Up>*
 g?	change.txt	/*g?*
 g??	change.txt	/*g??*
@@ -6945,6 +6968,7 @@ gettabinfo()	eval.txt	/*gettabinfo()*
 gettabvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabvar()*
 gettabwinvar()	eval.txt	/*gettabwinvar()*
 gettagstack()	eval.txt	/*gettagstack()*
+gettext()	eval.txt	/*gettext()*
 getwininfo()	eval.txt	/*getwininfo()*
 getwinpos()	eval.txt	/*getwinpos()*
 getwinposx()	eval.txt	/*getwinposx()*
@@ -7737,6 +7761,8 @@ matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
+matchfuzzy()	eval.txt	/*matchfuzzy()*
+matchfuzzypos()	eval.txt	/*matchfuzzypos()*
 matchit-install	usr_05.txt	/*matchit-install*
 matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
@@ -7915,7 +7941,6 @@ netrw-browser-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-options*
 netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
-netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
 netrw-c-tab	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c-tab*
 netrw-cB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cB*
 netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
@@ -8150,6 +8175,7 @@ new-more-highlighting	version7.txt	/*new-more-highlighting*
 new-more-unicode	version7.txt	/*new-more-unicode*
 new-multi-byte	version5.txt	/*new-multi-byte*
 new-multi-lang	version6.txt	/*new-multi-lang*
+new-multibyte	version5.txt	/*new-multibyte*
 new-netrw-explore	version7.txt	/*new-netrw-explore*
 new-network-files	version6.txt	/*new-network-files*
 new-omni-completion	version7.txt	/*new-omni-completion*
@@ -8163,7 +8189,7 @@ new-persistent-undo	version7.txt	/*new-persistent-undo*
 new-plugins	version6.txt	/*new-plugins*
 new-popup-window	version8.txt	/*new-popup-window*
 new-posix	version7.txt	/*new-posix*
-new-print-multi-byte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multi-byte*
+new-print-multibyte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multibyte*
 new-printing	version6.txt	/*new-printing*
 new-python3	version7.txt	/*new-python3*
 new-regexp-engine	version7.txt	/*new-regexp-engine*
@@ -8299,12 +8325,14 @@ pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
 patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 patches-8.1	version8.txt	/*patches-8.1*
 patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
+patches-after-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
 pathshorten()	eval.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
 pattern-delimiter	change.txt	/*pattern-delimiter*
 pattern-multi-byte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-byte*
 pattern-multi-items	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multi-items*
+pattern-multibyte	pattern.txt	/*pattern-multibyte*
 pattern-overview	pattern.txt	/*pattern-overview*
 pattern-searches	pattern.txt	/*pattern-searches*
 pattern.txt	pattern.txt	/*pattern.txt*
@@ -8375,6 +8403,7 @@ popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-filter-errors	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-errors*
 popup-filter-mode	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-mode*
 popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
 popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
@@ -8468,6 +8497,7 @@ progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
 progpath-variable	eval.txt	/*progpath-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
 prompt-buffer	channel.txt	/*prompt-buffer*
+prompt_getprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_getprompt()*
 prompt_setcallback()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setcallback()*
 prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
@@ -8816,6 +8846,7 @@ set-option	options.txt	/*set-option*
 set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
 setbufline()	eval.txt	/*setbufline()*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
+setcellwidths()	eval.txt	/*setcellwidths()*
 setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
 setenv()	eval.txt	/*setenv()*
@@ -9625,9 +9656,12 @@ tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	eval.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	eval.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	eval.txt	/*trim()*
+trinary	eval.txt	/*trinary*
 trojan-horse	starting.txt	/*trojan-horse*
+true	vim9.txt	/*true*
 true-variable	eval.txt	/*true-variable*
 trunc()	eval.txt	/*trunc()*
+truthy	eval.txt	/*truthy*
 try-conditionals	eval.txt	/*try-conditionals*
 try-echoerr	eval.txt	/*try-echoerr*
 try-finally	eval.txt	/*try-finally*
@@ -9637,6 +9671,8 @@ tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
+type-casting	vim9.txt	/*type-casting*
+type-checking	vim9.txt	/*type-checking*
 type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -9933,6 +9969,7 @@ valgrind	debug.txt	/*valgrind*
 values()	eval.txt	/*values()*
 var-functions	usr_41.txt	/*var-functions*
 variable-scope	eval.txt	/*variable-scope*
+variable-types	vim9.txt	/*variable-types*
 variables	eval.txt	/*variables*
 various	various.txt	/*various*
 various-cmds	various.txt	/*various-cmds*
@@ -10006,10 +10043,13 @@ vim.vim	syntax.txt	/*vim.vim*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-classes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-classes*
+vim9-const	vim9.txt	/*vim9-const*
 vim9-declaration	vim9.txt	/*vim9-declaration*
 vim9-declarations	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-declarations*
 vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
 vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
+vim9-final	vim9.txt	/*vim9-final*
 vim9-gotchas	vim9.txt	/*vim9-gotchas*
 vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 06
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -476,9 +476,11 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
 				     of the first file name.
 		   "term_rows"	     vertical size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize', but
+				     respecting the minimal size
 		   "term_cols"	     horizontal size to use for the terminal,
-				     instead of using 'termwinsize'
+				     instead of using 'termwinsize', but
+				     respecting the minimal size
 		   "vertical"	     split the window vertically
 		   "curwin"	     use the current window, do not split the
 				     window; fails if the current buffer

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 11
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,18 +20,17 @@ and for testing plugins.
 Vim can be tested after building it, usually with "make test".
 The tests are located in the directory "src/testdir".
 
-There are several types of tests added over time:
-	test33.in		oldest, don't add any of these
-	test_something.in	old style tests
+There are two types of tests added over time:
+	test20.in		oldest, only for tiny and small builds
 	test_something.vim	new style tests
 
 						*new-style-testing*
-New tests should be added as new style tests.  These use functions such as
-|assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected result in one
-place.
+New tests should be added as new style tests.  The test scripts are named
+test_<feature>.vim (replace <feature> with the feature under test). These use
+functions such as |assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected
+result in one place.
 						*old-style-testing*
-In some cases an old style test needs to be used.  E.g. when testing Vim
-without the |+eval| feature.
+These tests are used only for testing Vim without the |+eval| feature.
 
 Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt.
 
@@ -292,8 +291,9 @@ assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 			catch
 			  call assert_exception('E492:')
 			endtry
-
-assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
+<
+							*assert_fails()*
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
 		NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
 		error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
@@ -312,13 +312,25 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
 		string for the first error: >
 			assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
 <
+		If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
+		default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
+
+		When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
+		argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
+		the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
+		the line number in a function or in a script.
+
+		When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
+		against the context (script name or function name) where
+		{lnum} is located in.
+
 		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
 		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')
 
-assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])			*assert_false()*
 		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
 		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
 		Also see |assert-return|.

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Mar 05
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Manipulating text property types:
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])	get property type values
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])	get property type values
 prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
 
-prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}]])			*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
 		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
 		prop_type_add().

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 26
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,36 +38,54 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+test_vim9_func fails: type from default value not used.
+
+Without extra sleeps netbeans test has valgrind errors.
+PR #7248 from Yegappan - test doesn't fail without code changes
+
 Making everything work:
-- more items in https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/6507
-- More "goto failed" with check for trylevel.
-- memory leak in test_vim9_script
-- Check that when sourcing a Vim9 script, only the global items can be used.
-- :put with a "=" register argument doesn't work, need to find the expression
-  and compile it. (#6397)
-- At the script level, keep script variables local to the block they are
-  declared in?  Need to remember what variables were declared and delete them
-  when leaving the block.
-- Implement { } block at the script level.
+- Closure argument call should not always set varargs, like any function call?
+- Invoke user command in a :def function
+- Make map() give an error if the resulting type is wrong.
+  Add mapnew() or mapcopy() to create a new List/Dict for the result, which
+  can have a different value type.
+- Error message for "'yes && 0" is "using String as a Number", should be "using
+  String as a Bool".
+- Run the same tests in :def and Vim9 script, like in Test_expr7_not()
+- In autocmd: use legacy syntax, not whatever the current script uses?
 - need to check type when a declaration specifies a type: #6507
 	let nr: number = 'asdf'
-- Make map() give an error if the resulting type is wrong.
-  Add mapnew() to create a new List/Dict for the result, which can have a
-  different value type.
+- Check many more builtin function arguments at compile time.
+- Make sure that in vim9script a function call without namespace only finds
+  the script-local function, not a global one.
+- Make sure that where a callback is expected a function can be used (without
+  quotes). E.g. sort() and map().  Also at the script level.
+- assignment to more complex lval: list[1][2][3] = 8
+  Also "list[0] += value".  test in Test_assign_dict_unknown_type().
+- ":put" with ISN_PUT does not handle range correctly, e.g. ":$-2put".
+  Add command to parse range at runtime?
+- When defining an :autocmd or :command, how to specify using Vim9 syntax?
+  - always do this when defined in a Vim9 script
+  - add some command modifier.
+- For an :autocmd and :command argument, if a following line starts with "|"
+  append it.  It's like line continuation. (#6702)
 - Implement "export {one, two three}".
 - ISN_CHECKTYPE could use check_argtype()
-- Slice of list: [1, 2, 3][1:2].
 - give error for variable name:
       let p = function('NoSuchFunc')
-- Give runtime error if function argument is wrong.
-	def Increment(nr: number)
-	range(3)->Increment()
+- If a :def function is called with a function reference, compile it to get
+  the function type.
+	def Filter(x: string, Cond: func(string): bool)
+	Filter(x, { v -> v =~ '^b' })
 - Expand `=expr` in :next, :argedit, :argadd, :argdelete, :drop
 - Expand `=expr` in :vimgrep, :vimgrepadd, :lvimgrep, :lvimgrepadd
 - Expand `=expr` in :mkspell
 - Test that a function defined inside a :def function is local to that
   function, g: functions can be defined and script-local functions cannot be
   defined.
+- Does this work already: can use func as reference:
+	def SomeFunc() ...
+	map(list, SomeFunc)
 - Support passing v:none to use the default argument value. (#6504)
 - make 0 == 'string' fail on the script level, like inside :def.
 - Check that when using a user function name without prefix, it does not find
@@ -78,32 +96,29 @@ Making everything work:
       ret[i] = string(i)
 - Appending to dict item doesn't work:
     let d[i] ..= value
+- Using ".." at script level doesn't convert arguments to a string.
 - Compile replacement of :s command: s/pat/\=expr/
 - Compile redir to local variable: var_redir_start().
 - Compile builtin functions that access local variables:
     islocked()
-- possible memory leak in test_vim9_func through compile_nested_function.
-- memory leaks in test_vim9_expr
-- memory leaks in test_vim9_script
-- memory leaks in test_vim9_cmd
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
     has('asdf'), len('string')
 - Implement "as Name" in "import Item as Name from ..."
+- Implement using imported items at script level from "import * as X" in
+  eval_variable().  Should pass the ".xxx" that follows and return that.
 - Disallow unlet for local/script/imported vars
 - Make "++nr" work.
 - Make closures work:
   - Create closure in a loop.  Need to make a list of them.
+  - nested closure only uses one context, not all (#7150)
 - expandcmd() with `=expr` in filename uses legacy expression.
 - eval_expr() in ex_cexpr()
 - eval_expr() call in dbg_parsearg() and debuggy_find()
 - has() is compiled as a constant, but some checks are dynamic.
   Check for dynamic values, such as "gui_running".
-- Implement command modifiers, such as "silent". (#6530)
 New syntax and functionality:
 Improve error checking:
 - "echo Func()" is an error if Func() does not return anything.
-Test:
-- Using a Vim9 autoload script (functions must be global).
 Also:
 - For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
   it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
@@ -112,26 +127,23 @@ Also:
 - Make Foo.Bar() work to call the dict function. (#5676)
 - Error in any command in "vim9script" aborts sourcing.
 - Find a way to test expressions in legacy and Vim9 script without duplication
-- Fix memory leaks for test_vim9_disassemble, test_vim9_expr, test_vim9_script
 - Test each level of expressions properly, with type checking
 - Test try/catch and throw better, also nested.
   Test return inside try/finally jumps to finally and then returns.
-- call autoload function.
-- Implement more expressions, e.g. [a:b]
-- can use func as reference:
-	def SomeFunc() ...
-	map(list, SomeFunc)
 - Test: Function declared inside a :def function is local, disappears at the
   end of the function.  Unless g: is used, just like with variables.
 - implement :type
 - import type declaration?
-- implement class
-- implement interface
-- predefined class: Promise<T>
+- Future work: See |vim9-classes|
 - implement enum
 - Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
 	EVAL expr
 	LOADVARARG (varags idx)
+- Make debugging work - at least per function.  Need to recompile a function
+  to step through it line-by-line?  Evaluate the stack and variables on the
+  stack?
+- Make profiling work - Add ISN_PROFILE instructions after every line?
+- List commands when 'verbose' is set or :verbose is used.
 Further improvements:
 - compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
   'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
@@ -146,6 +158,11 @@ Further improvements:
 - compile "expr" and "call" expression of a channel in channel_exe_cmd()?
 
 Popup windows:
+- Add a flag to make a popup window focusable?
+    CTRL-W P cycle over any preview window or focusable popup, end up back in
+	     current window.
+    ? - switch between current window and all popup windows
+    Esc in popup window goes back to previous current window
 - Cursor not updated before a redraw, making it jump. (#5943)
 - Add a termcap entry for changing the cursor when it goes under the popup and
   back.  like t_SI and t_EI  (t_SU and t_EU, where "U" means under?)
@@ -154,6 +171,8 @@ Popup windows:
   positioned?  PopupNew?  Could be used to set some options or move it out of
   the way. (#5737)
   However, it may also cause trouble, changing the popup of another plugin.
+- Width is not computed correctly when minwidth and maxwidth are &columns
+  and padding and a scrollbar are used.  (#6676)
 - Add a way to use popup_menu() synchronously: instead of invoking the
   callback, return the choice. (Ben Jackson, #6534)
 - Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
@@ -169,13 +188,11 @@ Popup windows:
 - Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
 Text properties:
-- :goto does not go to the right place when test properties are present.
+- :goto does not go to the right place when text properties are present.
   (#5930)
 - "cc" does not call inserted_bytes(). (Axel Forsman, #5763)
-- Get E685 with a sequence of commands. (#5674)
 - Combining text property with 'cursorline' does not always work (Billie
   Cleek, #5533)
-- Text properties spanning more than one line.  #5683
 - See remarks at top of src/textprop.c
 
 'incsearch' with :s:
@@ -200,7 +217,7 @@ Terminal debugger:
   an already running program. (M. Kelly)
 - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer.
 - Use a sign group
-- Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
+- Termdebug does not work when Vim was built with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
 - Add support for lldb?  issue #3565
@@ -252,18 +269,43 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-Error numbers available:
-E610, E611, E653
+Error numbers available: E653
+
+Mapping with partial match not executed properly in GTK. (Ingo Karkat, #7082)
+
+Patch for Template string: #4634
+Have another look at the implementation.
+
+Patch to implement the vimtutor with a plugin: #6414
+Was originally written by Felipe Morales.
 
 Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? It is only used for completion.
 
-Patch to use collaction based sorting. (Christian Brabandt, #6229)
+Add 'termguiattr' option, use "gui=" attributes in the terminal?  Would work
+with 'termguicolors'. #1740
+
+Patch for blockwise paste reporting changes: #6660.
+
+Missing filetype test for bashrc, PKGBUILD, etc.
+
+Add an option to not fetch terminal codes in xterm, to avoid flicker when t_Co
+changes.
+
+Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
+This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
+to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
+
+Making breakat support multibyte characters (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #6598)
+Scroll doesn't work correctly, why?
+
+Expanding <mods> should put the tab number from cmdmod.tab before "tab".
+Any way to convert "$" back by using a special value? (#6901)
 
 Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
 Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.
 
 Check out PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+Patch for multibyte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
 Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
 - in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
@@ -284,15 +326,16 @@ autocommands for the buffer lifecycle:
     BufIsRenamed  (after buffer ID gets another name)
 The buffer list and windows are locked, no changes possible
 
-Make it possible to map (console and GUI):  #6457
-    <C-[>   0x27   or is this <Esc> ?
-    <C-\>   0x28
-    <C-]>   0x29
-    <C-^>   0x30
-    <C-_>   0x31
+Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
+Is OK when syntax HL is active.
 
-Patch for Template string: #4634
-Have another look at the implementation.
+Currently Del can be used to delete the last character of a typed count.
+Can it also be used to delete an incomplete Normal mode command? (#7096)
+After an operator: should work.  After "a" or "i" for text objects: should
+work.
+
+Using "au!" after "filetype on" is a bit slow.  Can the matching of
+autocommands be made faster?  (#7056)
 
 Add the <=> (spaceship) operator and "cond ?< expr ?= expr ?> expr"
     replace this:
@@ -303,6 +346,8 @@ Add the <=> (spaceship) operator and "cond ?< expr ?= expr ?> expr"
 	let res = GetLeftFunc() <=> GetRightFunc() ?< lower ?= equal ?> upper
 Patch to make :q work with local arglist. (Christian Brabandt, #6286)
 
+Why does Test_invalid_sid() not work in the GUI?
+
 Lua: updating wrong buffer when using newly created, unloaded buffer.
 (#6539)
 
@@ -333,6 +378,9 @@ character. (#6154)
 
 undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
 
+After recovering from a swap file the undofile should not be used, it causes
+corruption.  (#6631)
+
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
 
@@ -350,13 +398,13 @@ When 'fileignorecase' is set ":e testfile.c" works to edit TestFile.c, but
 ":find testfile.c" does not ignore case.
 Might be related to #6088.
 
+Error for reverse range when using :vimgrep in file "[id-01] file.txt".
+(#6919)
+
 When changing the crypt key the buffer should be considered modified.
 Like when changing 'fileformat'.  Save the old key in save_file_ff().
 (Ninu-Ciprian Marginean)
 
-Patch to implement the vimtutor with a plugin: #6414
-Was originally writtten by Felipe Morales.
-
 Strange sequence of BufWipeout and BufNew events while doing omni-complete.
 (Paul Jolly, #5656)
 Get BufDelete without preceding BufNew. (Paul Jolly, #5694)
@@ -379,6 +427,7 @@ Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 Implement completion for "breakadd".  Should expand the second argument, e.g.
 "func", and then function names after ":breakadd func".  Including
 script-local functions.
+Also for ":profile".
 
 :unmap <c-n> gives error but does remove the mapping. (Antony Scriven, 2019
 Dec 19)
@@ -390,9 +439,11 @@ Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 May 20)
 Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
 remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
-Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
 Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.
 
+Alternate file is not set in the session file.  Use setwintabvar("@#") ?
+(#6714)
+
 When 'backupdir' has a path ending in double slash (meaning: use full path of
 the file) combined with 'patchmode' the file name is wrong. (#5791)
 
@@ -404,6 +455,7 @@ Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 
 Undo history wrong when ":next file" re-uses a buffer. (#5426)
 ex_next() should pass flag to do_argfile(), then to do_ecmd().
+Is there a test for this?
 
 Help for ":argadd fname" says that if "fname" is already in the argument list
 that entry is used.  But instead it's always added. (#6210)
@@ -465,7 +517,7 @@ Better: use the "z" prefix.  or ]t) and [t(.
 Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
 Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
 
-Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
+Visual highlight not removed when 'display' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
 
 Current position in the changelist should be local to the buffer. (#2173)
@@ -479,6 +531,7 @@ Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
 Display messed up with matchparen, wrapping and scrolling. (#5638)
+Screen update bug related to matchparen.  (Chris Heath, 2017 Mar 4, #1532)
 
 When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
 when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
@@ -525,10 +578,6 @@ Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
 Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
 Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
 
-":2resize +10" uses size of the current window, adds 10 and applies it to
-window 2.  User expects 10 to be added to size of window 2. (Daniel Steinberg,
-#5443)
-
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
@@ -1200,18 +1249,14 @@ Suggestion to improve pt-br spell checking. (Marcelo D Montu, 2016 Dec 15,
 
 Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)
 
-Completion for :!cmd shows each match twice. #1435
-
 GTK: When adding a timer from 'balloonexpr' it won't fire, because
 g_main_context_iteration() doesn't return.  Need to trigger an event when the
 timer expires.
 
-Screen update bug related to matchparen.  (Chris Heath, 2017 Mar 4, #1532)
-
 Rule to use "^" for statusline does not work if a space is defined with
 highlighting for both stl and stlnc.  Patch by Ken Hamada (itchyny, 2016 Dec 11)
 
-8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters.
+8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multibyte characters.
     Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jul 5.
 
 Using CTRL-G_U in InsertCharPre causes trouble for redo. (Israel Chauca
@@ -1362,7 +1407,7 @@ Regexp problems:
 - Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
   (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
 - Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
-- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
+- Ignorecase not handled properly for multibyte characters. (Axel Bender,
   2013 Dec 11)
 - Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin
   Szamotulski; Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
@@ -1400,9 +1445,6 @@ Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
 3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
 Also see #1635.
 
-When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
-command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1443,8 +1485,6 @@ Have a way to get the call stack, in a function and from an exception.
 Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
 times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)
 
-Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
-
 Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
 
 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
@@ -1471,7 +1511,7 @@ Zero-out krypt key information when no longer in use. (Ben Fritz, 2017 May 15)
 
 Add stronger encryption.  Could use libsodium (NaCl).
 https://github.com/jedisct1/libsodium/
-Possibly include the needed code so that it can be build everywhere.
+Possibly include the needed code so that it can be built everywhere.
 
 Add a way to restart a timer.  It's similar to timer_stop() and timer_start(),
 but the reference remains valid.
@@ -1577,7 +1617,7 @@ Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
 inconsistent with the documentation.
 
-Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multi-byte character.
+Value of virtcol() for '[ and '] depend on multibyte character.
 (Luchr, #277)
 
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
@@ -1664,8 +1704,6 @@ Extended file attributes lost on write (backupcopy=no).  Issue 306.
 Patch to add :lockjumps. (Carlo Baldassi, 2015 May 25)
 OK to not block marks?
 
-Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
-
 Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
 When two SIGWINCH arrive very quickly, the second one may be lost.
@@ -1732,14 +1770,6 @@ arguments.
 
 Problem with transparent and matchgroup.  Issue #475
 
-Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
-0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
-New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
-compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
-
-Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
-a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -2109,7 +2139,7 @@ Also for another example (ZyX, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
-"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
+"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multibyte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
 Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
 
@@ -2414,9 +2444,6 @@ Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron,
 
 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview().
 
-Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with
-SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18)
-
 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then
 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one.
 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17)
@@ -2616,7 +2643,7 @@ work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Win32: Using "gvim --remote-tab-silent elŝuti.txt" doesn't work, the
-multi-byte character isn't passed and edits elsuti.txt.
+multibyte character isn't passed and edits elsuti.txt.
 (Raúl Núñez de Arenas Coronado, 2015 Dec 18)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
@@ -2854,9 +2881,6 @@ Jun 18)
 
 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 
-Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
-windows. (Adam George)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
 
@@ -2926,12 +2950,6 @@ the Visual area.  Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15)
 
 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal.
 
-Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the
-superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079.
-
-Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first
-character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list".
-
 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006
 Jun 5)
 
@@ -2945,10 +2963,6 @@ Jul 22)
 
 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual.
 
-Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word,
-":spellrepeat" doesn't work.  SpellReplace() uses setline().  Can it use "z="
-somehow?  Or use a new function.
-
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)
 
 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
@@ -3180,7 +3194,7 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it" appears
     before "Quit".  Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3.
 -   Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ?  Make it work
-    for multi-byte characters.
+    for multibyte characters.
 -   Win32: add options to print dialog.  Patch from Vipin Aravind.
 -   Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5)
     use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
@@ -3232,6 +3246,29 @@ Better 'rightleft' or BIDI support:
 - Minimal Vi with bidi support: https://github.com/aligrudi/neatvi
   By Ali Gholami Rudi, also worked on arabic.c
 
+
+Spell checking:
+-   When 'cursorline' is set and the first word should have SpellCap
+    highlighting, redrawing the line removes it when moving the cursor away
+    from the line. (#7085)  Would need to inspect the end of the previous line
+    and update "capcol_lnum" and "cap_col".
+-   Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
+-   Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single
+    quote: 0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
+    New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
+    compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be
+    downloaded.
+-   Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start a new
+    sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
+-   Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the superscript numbers
+    by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079.
+-   In popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first character,
+    don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list".
+-   Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word,
+    ":spellrepeat" doesn't work.  SpellReplace() uses setline().  Can it use
+    "z=" somehow?  Or use a new function.
+
+
 Quickfix/Location List:
 -   Window size is wrong when using quickfix window. (Lifepillar, 2018 Aug 24,
     #2999)
@@ -3676,8 +3713,8 @@ Macintosh:
 8   'hkmap' should probably be global-local.
 8   Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string.  Save
     "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()?
-8   Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+"
-    is a multi-byte character.
+8   Should allow multibyte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+"
+    is a multibyte character.
 8   When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is
     always written, even when the original file already exists.
 9   When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file
@@ -3800,10 +3837,6 @@ Macintosh:
     on the status line (caused by 'winheight').  Select window on button up,
     instead of on button down.
 8   Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw.
-9   Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for
-    reaching the end of the available buffer.
-    Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006
-    May 14)
 8   When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a
     character is typed.
 8   When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this.
@@ -3832,9 +3865,7 @@ Macintosh:
     two lines at a time.  "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols)
 8   When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo
     tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails.  Give a clear error message so
-    that the user knows he has to delete the files.
-7   It's possible to redefine a script-local function with ":func
-    <SNR>123_Test()". (Krishna)  Disallow this.
+    that the user knows the files have to be deleted.
 
 
 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!):
@@ -3982,7 +4013,7 @@ Documentation:
     - change to cursor position and curswant
     - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.)
     - how it works for folded lines
-    - how it works with multi-byte characters
+    - how it works with multibyte characters
 9   In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right.  Right alignment would
     work too.
 8   Spread the windows commands over the other files.  For example, ":stag"
@@ -4005,7 +4036,7 @@ Help:
 -   Support a way to view (and edit) .info files.
 -   Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always
     displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes)  Use "~/.vimhelp" file,
-    user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a
+    user can edit it to insert favorite commands, new account can contain a
     default contents.
 -   Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal
     height for the help window (and other windows).
@@ -4218,8 +4249,8 @@ Multi-byte characters:
 8   Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo
     Schweigert)
 9   'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El)
-8   Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters.
-8   'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters.
+8   Should add test for using various commands with multibyte characters.
+8   'infercase' doesn't work with multibyte characters.
 8   toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes.
 7   Searching and composing characters:
     When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored?
@@ -4227,7 +4258,7 @@ Multi-byte characters:
     characters can be manipulated.
 8   Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing.
 8   Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes.
-8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte
+8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multibyte
     characters.
 8   UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters.
 8   UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead
@@ -4251,14 +4282,14 @@ Multi-byte characters:
     convert_input() for Mac GUI.
 -   Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters.
     Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_
--   Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters.  Problem: can't use a lookup
+-   Make 'breakat' accept multibyte characters.  Problem: can't use a lookup
     table anymore (breakat_flags[]).
     Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line
-    at a multi-byte character >= 0x100.
+    at a multibyte character >= 0x100.
 -   Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text
     could be entered.  E.g., for "f" command.  But not in Normal mode.  Sort
     of opposite of 'langmap'.  Use ":amap" command?
--   When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into
+-   When breaking a line, take properties of multibyte characters into
     account.  The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it:
     ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz
     But it's very complicated...
@@ -5323,11 +5354,11 @@ Text objects:
 8   Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc.
 8   Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word.
     (Scott Graham)  "ac" and "au"?
-8   Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte
+8   Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multibyte
     characters.  Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all)
     use "aq" and "iq".  Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like
     'matchpairs'?
-8   Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones.
+8   Add text object for any kind of parens, also multibyte ones.
 8   Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object.  Requires
     changing the starting position in oap->start.
 8   Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single
@@ -5673,7 +5704,7 @@ Buffer list:
     Also for other windows: ":inwin {winnr} {cmd}".  How to make sure that
     this works properly for all commands, and still be able to return to the
     current buffer/window?  E.g.: ":inbuf xxx only".
-8   Add File.{recent_files} menu entries: Recently edited files.
+8   Add File.{recent-files} menu entries: Recently edited files.
     Ron Aaron has a plugin for this: mru.vim.
 8   Unix: Check all uses of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() if they should check
     inode too.
@@ -5772,7 +5803,7 @@ Modelines:
     .cpp files.
 -   Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns).  Careful for
     characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak.
--   Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed
+-   Add an option setting to ask the user if the modelines are to be executed
     or not.  Same for .exrc in local dir.
 
 
@@ -6103,7 +6134,7 @@ Various improvements:
     regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line).
     ":set autoformat=\\s$".
 -   Be able to redefine where a sentence stops.  Use a regexp pattern?
--   Support multi-byte characters for sentences.  Example from Ben Peterson.
+-   Support multibyte characters for sentences.  Example from Ben Peterson.
 7   Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the
     end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt)
 -   Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts.  For "[[" where the '{' is

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ back the text of three deletes ago with '"3P'.
 						*redo-register*
 If you want to get back more than one part of deleted text, you can use a
 special feature of the repeat command ".".  It will increase the number of the
-register used.  So if you first do ""1P", the following "." will result in a
+register used.  So if you first do '"1P', the following "." will result in a
 '"2P'.  Repeating this will result in all numbered registers being inserted.
 
 Example:	If you deleted text with 'dd....' it can be restored with

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 29
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 03
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -30,10 +30,11 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 
 To move the cursor forward one word, use the "w" command.  Like most Vim
 commands, you can use a numeric prefix to move past multiple words.  For
-example, "3w" moves three words.  This figure shows how it works:
+example, "3w" moves three words.  This figure shows how it works (starting at
+the position marked with "x"):
 
 	This is a line with example text ~
-	  --->-->->----------------->
+	  x-->-->->----------------->
 	   w  w  w    3w
 
 Notice that "w" moves to the start of the next word if it already is at the
@@ -41,15 +42,15 @@ start of a word.
    The "b" command moves backward to the start of the previous word:
 
 	This is a line with example text ~
-	<----<--<-<---------<---
+	<----<--<-<---------<--x
 	   b   b b    2b      b
 
 There is also the "e" command that moves to the next end of a word and "ge",
 which moves to the previous end of a word:
 
 	This is a line with example text ~
-	   <-   <--- ----->   ---->
-	   ge    ge     e       e
+	   <----<----x---->------------>
+	   2ge   ge     e       we
 
 If you are at the last word of a line, the "w" command will take you to the
 first word in the next line.  Thus you can use this to move through a
@@ -82,12 +83,12 @@ an <End> key it will do the same thing.
 
 The "^" command moves to the first non-blank character of the line.  The "0"
 command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line, and the <Home>
-key does the same thing.  In a picture:
+key does the same thing.  In a picture ("." indicates a space):
 
 		  ^
-	     <------------
+	     <-----------x
 	.....This is a line with example text ~
-	<-----------------   --------------->
+	<----------------x   x-------------->
 		0		   $
 
 (the "....." indicates blanks here)

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ line break.
 ==============================================================================
 *04.3*	Repeating a change
 
-The "." command is one of the most simple yet powerful commands in Vim.  It
+The "." command is one of the simplest yet powerful commands in Vim.  It
 repeats the last change.  For instance, suppose you are editing an HTML file
 and want to delete all the <B> tags.  You position the cursor on the first <
 and delete the <B> with the command "df>".  You then go to the < of the next